PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What was the astrologer’s professional equipment ?
Answer:
The astrologer knew nothing of his profession. But he had all the professional equipment with him. His articles included a dozen cowrie shells, a square piece of cloth with a strange chart on it, a notebook and some other little things.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

ज्योतिषी अपने व्यवसाय के बारे में कुछ नहीं जानता था। परन्तु उसके पास इस व्यवसाय से संबंधित सामान की हर चीज़ थी। उसकी चीज़ों में एक दर्जन कौड़ियां, एक चौरस आकार का कपड़ा जिस पर एक अजीब-सा चार्ट बना हुआ था, एक कॉपी तथा कुछ अन्य छोटी-छोटी चीजें शामिल होती थीं।

Question 2.
How did he give his face the look of an astrologer ?
Answer:
The astrologer knew nothing of his profession. But he gave himself the look of a perfect astrologer. His forehead was marked with sacred ash and vermilion. He wore a saffron-colored turbán round his head. This colour scheme never failed. People were attracted to him as bees are attracted to flowers.

ज्योतिषी को अपने व्यवसाय के बारे में कुछ नहीं पता था। परन्तु वह स्वयं को एक श्रेष्ठ ज्योतिषी के जैसा दिखाता था। उसके माथे पर पवित्र भस्म तथा सिन्दूर का लेप लगा होता। वह अपने सिर के गिर्द केसरी रंग की पगड़ी बांधता। रंगों का यह मेल कभी व्यर्थ न जाता। लोग उसकी ओर ऐसे आकर्षित हो जाते जैसे मधुमक्खियां फूलों की ओर आकर्षित होती हैं।

Question 3.
Where did he sit every day ?
Answer:
The astrologer would sit under a tree on a public road. It was a busy road. A crowd of people always kept moving up and down, from morning till night. All kinds of people passed that way. Among them were magicians, medicine-sellers, sellers of stolen goods, etc.

ज्योतिषी एक सार्वजनिक सड़क पर एक पेड़ के नीचे बैठा करता था। यह एक व्यस्त सड़क थी। लोगों की भीड़ सुबह से लेकर रात तक निरन्तर वहां आती-जाती रहती थी। उस रास्ते से हर किस्म के लोग गुजरते थे। उन लोगों में जादूगर, दवाइयां बेचने वाले तथा चोरी का सामान बेचने वाले लोग, आदि होते थे।

Question 4.
Who were the other professionals on the road where the astrologer carried on his business?
Answer:
The astrologer carried on his business under a tree on a public road. Besides him, the other professionals on that road were – medicine-sellers, magicians, sellers of stolen goods, a seller of cheap cloth and a vendor of fried groundnut.

ज्योतिषी अपना व्यवसाय एक सार्वजनिक सड़क पर एक पेड़ के नीचे चलाता था। उसके अतिरिक्त उस सड़क पर अन्य व्यावसायिक लोग थे – दवाइयां बेचने वाले, जादू दिखाने वाले, चोरी की चीजें बेचने वाले, सस्ता कपड़ा बेचने वाला एक आदमी और भुनी हुई मूंगफली बेचने वाला एक छाबड़ी वाला।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Question 5.
What were the different names given by the vendor of fried groundnuts to his groundnuts ?
Answer:
Every day, the vendor would give his groundnuts fancy names to attract the customers. He would call it ‘Bombay ice-cream’ one day. The next day, he would call it ‘Delhi almond. On the third day he would call it ‘Raja’s delicacy and so on.

ग्राहकों को आकर्षित करने के लिए छाबड़ी वाला अपनी मूंगफली को प्रतिदिन कोई न कोई सुन्दर नाम दिया करता। एक दिन वह इसे ‘बम्बई की आइस क्रीम’ कहता। अगले दिन वह इसे ‘दिल्ली के बादाम कहता। तीसरे दिन वह इसे ‘राजा की मिठाई कहता और इसी तरह से चलता रहता।

Question 6.
What was the source of light used by the astrologer during the evening hours?
Answer:
The astrologer had no light arrangement of his own. There was a groundnut vendor sitting near him. The groundnut vendor had a light above the heap of his groundnut. The astrologer would do his work by this light. Besides this, the lights from the nearby shops also helped him.

ज्योतिषी का रोशनी का अपना कोई प्रबंध नहीं था। उसके निकट एक मूंगफली बेचने वाला बैठा करता था। मूंगफली बेचने वाले ने अपनी मूंगफली के ढेर के ऊपर एक बत्ती जलाई होती। ज्योतिषी अपना काम इसी बत्ती की रोशनी में किया करता। इसके अतिरिक्त आस-पास की दुकानों की रोशनी से भी उसे मदद मिल जाती थी।

Question 7.
How does Narayan describe the astrologer’s knowledge of astronomy ?
Answer:
The astrologer had no knowledge of astrology or astronomy. He knew as little of it as his customers. He did his job through guesswork and through common understanding of human psychology. First he would let a customer speak for at least ten minutes. It gave him enough stuff for the answers.

ज्योतिषी को ज्योतिष अथवा खगोलशास्त्र का कोई ज्ञान नहीं था। उसे इसके बारे में उतना ही कम ज्ञान था जितना उसके ग्राहकों को था। वह अटकलबाजी तथा मनुष्य की मानसिकता की आम समझ से ही अपना काम चलाता था। पहले वह किसी ग्राहक को कम-से-कम दस मिनट तक बोलने देता। इससे उसे उत्तर देने के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Question 8.
What would the astrologer have done if he had continued to live in his old village ?
Answer:
The astrologer had to leave his village due to some reason. But if he had continued to live there, he would have carried on the work of his forefathers – namely, tilling the land, living, marrying and ripening in his cornfield and ancestral home.

ज्योतिषी को किसी कारणवश अपना गांव छोड़ना पड़ा था। परन्तु यदि उसने वहीं रहना जारी रखा होता तो उसने अपने पूर्वजों वाला काम ही करना था – जैसे भूमि को जोतना, वहां रहना, विवाह करना तथा अपने अनाज के खेतों तथा पूर्वजों के घर में रहता हुआ बूढ़ा हो जाना।

Question 9.
How could the astrologer ‘guess’ his clients’ problems ?
Answer:
The astrologer did not know anything of the stars or astrology. It was only a matter of practice and guesswork for him. He would always say things which pleased his customers. First, he would let a customer speak for at least ten minutes. It gave him enough stuff for the answers.

ज्योतिषी सितारों अथवा ज्योतिष के बारे में कुछ नहीं जानता था। यह उसके लिए सिर्फ अभ्यास तथा अनुमान का काम था। वह हमेशा ऐसी बातें कहता जो उसके ग्राहकों को अच्छी लगतीं। पहले वह किसी ग्राहक को कम-से-कम दस मिनट तक बोलने देता। इससे उसे उत्तर देने के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती।

Question 10.
What was the challenge thrown by the client to the astrologer ?
Answer:
The client said to the astrologer that he had to ask some questions and that he was ready to pay the price he wanted. But he challenged the astrologer that if he was found bluffing, he would have to return his money with interest.

ग्राहक ने ज्योतिषी को कहा कि उसने कुछ प्रश्न पूछने थे और यह कि जो कीमत वह चाहता था, वह देने के लिए तैयार था। परन्तु उसने ज्योतिषी को चुनौती देते हुए कहा कि यदि उसके उत्तर गलत हुए तो उसे उसके (ग्राहक के) पैसे ब्याज समेत लौटाने होंगे।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Question 11.
How could the astrologer rightly guess the past of the client ?
Answer:
The astrologer already knew that client. He was the same man Guru Nayak whom the astrologer had stabbed a few years ago in his village. He had pushed the man into a well and left him for dead. That was why he could rightly guess the past of that client.

ज्योतिषी उस ग्राहक को पहले से ही जानता था। वह वही आदमी गुरु नायक था जिसे ज्योतिषी ने गांव में कुछ वर्ष पहले छुरा घोंप दिया था। उसने उस आदमी को एक कुएं में धकेल दिया और उसे मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ दिया था। यही कारण था कि वह उस ग्राहक के अतीत के बारे में सही अनुमान लगा पाया था।

Question 12.
What did the astrologer tell his wife ?
Answer:
He told his wife that a great load was gone from him. All these years, he had thought that he had the blood of a man on his hands. And it was for this reason that he had run away from his village. “He is alive !” he said.

उसने अपनी पत्नी को बताया कि उस पर से एक भारी बोझ उतर गया था। इन सभी वर्षों में वह यही सोचता रहा था कि उसके हाथ एक आदमी के खून से रंगे हुए थे। और यही कारण था कि वह अपने गांव से भाग आया था। “वह आदमी जीवित है!” उसने बताया।

Question 13.
What professional equipment would the astrologer spread out ?
Answer:
The astrologer had all the professional equipment with him. A dozen cowrie shells, a square piece of cloth with a strange chart on it, a notebook, and some other little things were included in his articles. He would spread out all these things to attract the attention of the people passing that way.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

ज्योतिषी के पास इस व्यवसाय से संबंधित सामान की हर चीज़ थी। उसकी चीज़ों में एक दर्जन कौड़ियां, एक चौरस आकार का कपड़ा जिस पर एक अजीब-सा चार्ट बना हुआ था, एक कॉपी तथा कुछ अन्य छोटी-छोटी चीजें शामिल होती थीं। वह उस रास्ते से गुजरते लोगों का ध्यान आकर्षित करने के लिए यह सारी चीजें फैला कर रखता था।

Question 14.
Describe the street where the astrologer sat for his business.
Answer:
He would sit under a tree on a public road which was a busy road. A crowd of people always kept moving up and down, from morning till night. All kinds of people passed that way. Among them were magicians, medicine-sellers, sellers of stolen goods, etc.

वह एक सार्वजनिक सड़क पर एक पेड़ के नीचे बैठा करता था जो कि एक व्यस्त सड़क थी। लोगों की भीड़ सुबह से लेकर रात तक निरन्तर वहां आती-जाती रहती थी। उस रास्ते से हर किस्म के लोग गुजरते थे। उन लोगों में जादूगर, दवाइयां बेचने वाले तथा चोरी का सामान बेचने वाले लोग, आदि होते थे।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Question 15.
Why had the astrologer run away from his village ?
Answer:
The astrologer was a young man when he had to leave his village. He was then a silly youth. One day he drank, gambled and quarrelled badly. He stabbed a man named Guru Nayak. He pushed the man into a well and left him for dead. For fear of being arrested for murder, he ran away from his village.

ज्योतिषी एक युवा आदमी था जब उसे अपना गांव छोडना पडा। उस समय वह एक मर्ख नौजवान था। एक दिन उसने खूब शराब पी, जुआ खेला और बुरी तरह लड़ाई की। उसने गुरु नायक नामक एक आदमी को छुरा घोंप दिया। उसने उस आदमी को एक कुएँ में धकेल दिया और उसे मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ कर चला गया। हत्या के लिए गिरफ्तार किए जाने के डर से वह गांव छोड़ कर भाग गया।

Question 16.
How was the astrologer able to answer all the questions of the stranger correctly ?
Answer:
When the stranger lit a cheroot, the astrologer saw his face by the match light. He found that the stranger was the same man he had stabbed some years ago in his village and left him for dead. Naturally, he knew all about the man and answered all his questions correctly.

जब अजनबी ने चुरुट जलाया, तो ज्योतिषी को माचिस की रोशनी में उसका चेहरा दिखाई पड़ गया। उसने देखा कि वह अजनबी वही आदमी था जिसे उसने अपने गांव में कुछ वर्ष पहले चाकू घोंप दिया था और उसे मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ दिया था। स्वाभाविक रूप से वह उस आदमी के बारे में सब कुछ जानता था और उसने उसके सभी प्रश्नों के उत्तर सही-सही दिए।

Question 17.
How can you say that the astrologer was very tactful ?
Answer:
The astrologer always said things that pleased his customers. He would look at the palm of his customer and say, “You are not getting the fullest results of your efforts,” or “It is not your fault, but that of your stars.” Such answers at once endeared the astrologer to his customers. Thus we can say that he was a very tactful person.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

ज्योतिषी हमेशा वह बातें कहता था जो उसके ग्राहकों को खुश कर देती थीं। वह अपने ग्राहक की हथेली को देखता और कहता, “तुम्हें अपनी कोशिशों का पूरा फल नहीं मिल रहा है,” अथवा “यह तुम्हारा दोष नहीं, बल्कि तुम्हारे सितारों का दोष है।” ऐसे उत्तर उसे तुरन्त उसके ग्राहकों का प्रिय बना देते। इस प्रकार हम कह सकते हैं कि वह एक बहुत चतुर आदमी था।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write, in brief, a character-sketch of the astrologer.
Answer:
The astrologer belonged to a village. His forefathers were farmers. He too would have become a farmer if he had continued living in the village. He was then a silly youth. One day he drank, gambled and quarrelled badly. He stabbed a man and left him for dead. He ran away to the town. There he became an astrologer.

However, he had no knowledge of astrology. He did his job through guesswork only, yet he was very successful. He wore such a dress that he at once attracted the eyes of others. His forehead was marked with sacred ash and vermilion. He wore a saffron-coloured turban round his head. The astrologer was very clever and tactful also.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

He always said things that pleased his customers. First, he would let a customer speak for at least ten minutes. It gave him enough stuff for the answers. He would look at the palm of his customer and say, “You are not getting the fullest result of your efforts,” or “There is a woman in your family, who is not well-disposed towards you,” or “It is not your fault, but that of your stars.” Such answers at once endeared the astrologer to his customers.

ज्योतिषी एक गांव का रहने वाला था। उसके बाप-दादा किसान थे। वह भी एक किसान बन गया होता यदि उसने गांव में रहना जारी रखा होता। तब वह एक मूर्ख युवक हुआ करता था। एक दिन उसने शराब पी, जुआ खेला और बुरी तरह झगड़ा कर लिया। उसने एक आदमी को चाकू घोंप दिया और मरा हुआ जान कर उसे छोड़ कर चला गया।

वह शहर को भाग गया। वहां वह एक ज्योतिषी बन गया, परन्तु उसे ज्योतिष का कोई ज्ञान नहीं था। वह सिर्फ अटकलबाजी से ही अपना काम चलाता था, फिर भी वह बहुत सफल था। वह ऐसे कपड़े पहनता था कि वह तुरन्त दूसरों की आँखों को आकर्षित कर लेता। उसके माथे पर पवित्र भस्म और सिन्दूर लगा होता। उसने अपने सिर के गिर्द केसरी रंग की पगड़ी बांधी होती। ज्योतिषी बहुत चालाक तथा व्यवहारकुशल भी था।

वह सदा ऐसी बातें कहता जो ग्राहकों को अच्छी लगतीं। सबसे पहले वह किसी ग्राहक को कम-से-कम दस मिनट बोलने देता। इससे उसे अपने उत्तरों के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती। वह अपने ग्राहक की हथेली को देखता और कहता, “तुम्हें अपनी मेहनत का पूरा-पूरा फल नहीं मिल रहा है,” अथवा “तुम्हारे परिवार में कोई औरत है जो तुम्हें अच्छा नहीं समझती है,” अथवा “यह तुम्हारा दोष नहीं है, बल्कि तुम्हारे ग्रहों का है।” इस तरह के उत्तर तुरन्त ही ज्योतिषी को उसके ग्राहकों का प्रिय बना देते थे।

Question 2.
Explain briefly the sting-in-the-tail’ contained in the story.
Answer:
‘A sting in the tail is an idiom that means an unpleasant feature or event that comes at the end of the story and spoils it. From this point of view, I don’t think there is any ‘sting in the tail’ in this story. Rather at the end of the story, its main character is filled with relief.

He has been relieved of a great burden. Yes, there is an unexpected event in the story when the astrologer was encountered with Guru Nayak. Guru Nayak was the same man whom the astrologer had stabbed a few years ago. It had become quite dark when a man came to the astrologer. As the man lit a cheroot, the astrologer saw his face by the match light. He tried to get rid of him. But the man didn’t let him go.

Finding himself helpless, the astrologer agreed to answer his questions. He told the man how he was once stabbed and left for dead. He warned the man that there was again a great danger to his life and so he should never travel away from his home. He also told him that the man, who had stabbed him, had been crushed to death under a lorry. The man gave the astrologer a handful of coins and went away satisfied.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

‘अ स्टिंग इन दि टेल’ एक मुहावरा है जिसका अर्थ होता है – कहानी के अन्त में होने वाली कोई असुखद चीज़ अथवा घटना जो कहानी का मज़ा खराब कर देती है। इस नजरिए से मुझे नहीं लगता कि इस कहानी में कोई ‘स्टिंग इन दि टेल’ है। बल्कि कहानी के अन्त में तो इसका मुख्य पात्र सुकून से भरा होता है। उस पर से एक भारी बोझ उतर गया है। हां, कहानी में एक अप्रत्याशित घटना अवश्य होती है जब ज्योतिषी का सामना गुरु नायक से होता है।

गुरु नायक वही आदमी था जिसे कुछ साल पहले ज्योतिषी ने छुरा घोंपा था। काफ़ी अन्धेरा हो चुका था जब एक आदमी ज्योतिषी के पास आया। जैसे ही आदमी ने एक चुरुट जलाया, ज्योतिषी ने माचिस की रोशनी में उसका चेहरा देख लिया। उसने उससे छुटकारा पाने की कोशिश की। परन्तु उस आदमी ने उसे जाने नहीं दिया। स्वयं को बेबस पा कर ज्योतिषी उसके प्रश्नों के उत्तर देने को तैयार हो गया। उसने उस आदमी को बताया कि किस तरह उसे चाकू घोंप दिया गया था और मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ दिया गया था।

उसने आदमी को चेतावनी दी कि उसके जीवन को फिर से एक बड़ा भारी खतरा था और इसलिए उसे कभी भी घर से दूर सफ़र नहीं करना चाहिए। उसने उसे यह भी बताया कि वह आदमी जिसने उसे चाकू मारा था, उसकी मृत्यु लॉरी के नीचे कुचले जाने से हो गई थी। उस आदमी ने ज्योतिषी को मुट्ठी-भर सिक्के दिए और सन्तुष्ट हो कर वहां से चला गया।

Question 3.
How did the astrologer finally have his day ? Explain.
Answer:
It had become quite dark when a man came to the astrologer. He was Guru Nayak whom the astrologer had stabbed a few years ago. The astrologer took him for a common customer. But when the man lit a cheroot, the astrologer saw his face by the match light.

He at once knew who that man was. He tried to get rid of him saying that he was getting late. But the man did not let him go. He said that the astrologer would have to answer his questions. Finding himself helpless, the astrologer agreed to answer the man’s questions. But he said that he would charge one rupee for it. The man agreed to it. Now the astrologer told the man how he was once stabbed and left for dead.

The astrologer addressed the man by his name and said that he knew everything about him. He added that there was once again a grave danger to his life and so he must go back to his village at once and never travel southward. He also said that the man who had stabbed him had been crushed to death under a lorry. The man felt satisfied, gave the astrologer a handful of coins and went away in the night. Thus the astrologer finally had his day.

काफ़ी अन्धेरा हो चुका था जब एक आदमी ज्योतिषी के पास आया। वह गुरु नायक था जिसे ज्योतिषी ने कुछ वर्ष पूर्व छुरा घोंप दिया था। ज्योतिषी ने उसे एक साधारण ग्राहक समझा। किन्तु जब उस आदमी ने एक चुरुट जलाया, तो ज्योतिषी ने माचिस की रोशनी में उसका चेहरा देख लिया। वह तुरन्त जान गया कि वह आदमी कौन था। उसने उससे यह कह कर छुटकारा पाने की कोशिश की कि उसे देर हो रही थी।

किन्तु उस आदमी ने उसे जाने न दिया। उसने कहा कि ज्योतिषी को उसके प्रश्नों का उत्तर देना होगा। स्वयं को बेबस पाकर ज्योतिषी उस आदमी के प्रश्नों का उत्तर देने को सहमत हो गया। किन्तु उसने कहा कि वह उसके लिए एक रुपया वसूल करेगा। वह आदमी इसके लिए सहमत हो गया। जब ज्योतिषी ने उस आदमी को बताया कि किस तरह उसे एक बार चाकू घोंप दिया गया था और उसे मरा हुआ जान कर छोड़ दिया गया था। ज्योतिषी ने उस आदमी को उसका नाम लेकर सम्बोधित किया और कहा कि वह उसके बारे में सब कुछ जानता था।

उसने फिर यह कहा कि उसके जीवन को एक बार फिर बड़ा भारी खतरा था और इसलिए उसे अपने गांव को तुरन्त वापस चले जाना चाहिए और फिर कभी भी दक्षिण की तरफ यात्रा नहीं करनी चाहिए। उसने यह भी बताया कि वह आदमी, जिसने उसे चाकू घोंपा था, उसकी मृत्यु लॉरी के नीचे कुचले जाने से हो गई थी। वह आदमी सन्तुष्ट हो गया, उसने ज्योतिषी को मुट्ठी-भर सिक्के दिए और रात के अन्धेरे में वहां से चला गया। इस प्रकार अन्ततः वही हुआ जैसा ज्योतिषी चाहता था।

Question 4.
Summarise the relationship between the astrologer and his clients.
Answer:
The astrologer did not know anything of the stars or astrology. He knew as little of it as his clients. It was only a matter of practice and guesswork for him. He would always say things which pleased his clients. First he would let a client speak for at least ten minutes.

It gave him enough stuff for the answers. He would gaze at the palm of his customers and say : “In many ways, you are not getting the fullest results of your efforts.” It is a thing that each one feels to be true. When he said this, nine out of the ten clients agreed with him. Or he would try to hold some woman in the client’s family responsible for his troubles.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

He would say, “Is there a woman in your family, maybe a distant relative, who is not welldisposed towards you ?” Sometimes, he would put the blame on the man’s stars. He would say, “It is not your fault, but that of your stars.” Such answers would at once endear the astrologer to his clients.

ज्योतिषी को सितारों और ज्योतिष के बारे में कुछ पता नहीं था। उसे इसके बारे में उतना ही कम पता था जितना कि उसके ग्राहकों को। यह उसके लिए मात्र अभ्यास और अन्दाज़ा लगाने वाली बातें थीं। वह सदा ऐसी बातें कहा करता जो उसके ग्राहकों को अच्छी लगा करतीं। वह किसी ग्राहक को पहले कम से कम दस मिनट तक बोलने देता।

इससे उसे उत्तर देने के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती। वह अपने ग्राहक की हथेली देखता और कहता, “कई तरह से तुम्हें अपने यत्नों का पूरा-पूरा फल नहीं मिलता है।” यह एक ऐसी बात है जिसे लगभग प्रत्येक आदमी सच्ची महसूस करता है। जब वह यह बात कहता तो दस में से नौ ग्राहक उससे सहमत हो जाते। अथवा वह ग्राहक के परिवार में किसी औरत को उसकी मुसीबतों के लिए जिम्मेदार ठहराने की कोशिश करता।

वह कहता, “क्या तुम्हारे परिवार में कोई औरत है – हो सकता है दूर की कोई सम्बन्धी ही हो- जो तुम्हारे प्रति ठीक नहीं सोचती है ?” कई बार वह दोष को मनुष्य के सितारों पर डाल देता। वह कहता, “यह तुम्हारा दोष नहीं है, बल्कि तुम्हारे सितारों का दोष है।” इस तरह के उत्तर तुरन्त ज्योतिषी को उसके ग्राहकों का प्रिय बना देते।

Question 5.
Write a few lines on : An Astrologer by the Roadside.
Answer:
We often see some astrologers sitting on the roadside near the public places. These roadside astrologers are not the astrologers in the true sense, but quacks. They, as we all know, do not know anything about the stars or astrology.

They know as little of it as their customers. An astrologer by the roadside does his job through guesswork and through common understanding of human psychology. He is very tactful also. He always says such things which please his customers. First, he lets his customers speak for some time. It gives him enough stuff for the answers.

Then he gazes at the palm of his customers and tells his usual stuff. He says : “In many ways, you are not getting the fullest results of your efforts.” It is a thing that each one feels to be true. Or he holds some woman in the customer’s family responsible for his troubles.

Sometimes, he puts the blame on the man’s stars. Such answers at once endear him to his customers. And thus an astrologer by the roadside carries on his job very successfully though he knows as little of it as his customers.

हम अक्सर सार्वजनिक स्थानों पर सड़क के किनारे बैठे कुछ ज्योतिषी देखते हैं। ये सड़क-छाप ज्योतिषी सही मायनों में ज्योतिषी नहीं होते, अपितु ढोंगी होते हैं। जैसा कि हम सब जानते हैं, वे ग्रहों या ज्योतिष विद्या के बारे में कुछ नहीं जानते हैं। वे इसके बारे में अपने ग्राहकों जितना ही जानते हैं।

एक सड़क-किनारे वाला ज्योतिषी अपना काम अनुमान और मानवीय मनोविज्ञान की साधारण समझ से करता है। पहले वह अपने ग्राहकों को कुछ समय के लिए बोलने देता है। उससे उसे अपने उत्तरों के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती है। फिर वह अपने ग्राहकों के हाथ को देख कर अपनी आमतौर वाली बातें कहने लग जाता है। वह कहता है : “कई प्रकार से तुम्हें अपने प्रयासों का पूरा फल नहीं मिल रहा है।”

यह एक ऐसी बात है जो हर कोई अनुभव करता है कि ठीक है। और कई बार वह ग्राहक के परिवार में किसी स्त्री को उसकी समस्याओं के लिए ज़िम्मेदार ठहराता है। कई बार वह इसका दोष व्यक्ति के ग्रहों को देता है। इस प्रकार के उत्तर तुरन्त उसके ग्राहकों को प्रसन्न कर देते हैं। और इस प्रकार सड़क किनारे वाला ज्योतिषी अपना धंधा बड़ी सफलतापूर्वक चलाता है यद्यपि वह इसके बारे में अपने ग्राहकों जितना ही कम ज्ञान रखता है।

Question 6.
What pact was agreed upon by the astrologer and the stranger ?
Answer:
It had become dark and the astrologer prepared to bundle up. Just then, a man came and stood before the astrologer. The astrologer took him for a customer and started giving him the usual answers. But the man at once stopped him.

“Tell me something worthwhile,” he said. The astrologer felt cut up. He said that he would charge three pies per question. The man took out an anna and threw it to the astrologer. But he said that the astrologer would have to return it with interest if the answers were wrong.

At this, the astrologer said to the man, “If you find my answers satisfactory, will you give me five rupees ?” The man refused to give this much amount. However, after much argument, it was agreed that the man would give eight annas if the answers were correct. And if the answers were wrong, the astrologer would have to return twice as much.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

अन्धेरा हो गया था और ज्योतिषी ने अपना सामान बांधना शुरू कर दिया। तभी एक आदमी आया और ज्योतिषी के सामने खड़ा हो गया। ज्योतिषी ने उसे एक ग्राहक समझा और उसे अपने साधारण उत्तर देने शुरू कर दिए। किन्तु उस आदमी ने उसे तुरन्त रोक दिया। “मुझे कोई काम की बात बताओ,” उसने कहा।

ज्योतिषी तिलमिला गया। उसने कहा कि वह प्रति प्रश्न तीन पाई वसूल करेगा। उस आदमी ने एक आना निकाला और इसे ज्योतिषी के सामने फेंक दिया। किन्तु उसने कहा कि ज्योतिषी को इसे ब्याज-सहित लौटाना होगा यदि उत्तर ग़लत हुए।

इस बात पर ज्योतिषी ने उस आदमी से कहा, “यदि तुम मेरे उत्तरों से सन्तुष्ट हो गए तो क्या तुम मुझे पांच रुपए दोगे ?” आदमी ने इतने पैसे देने से इन्कार कर दिया। फिर भी बहुत बहस के बाद यह तय हो गया कि वह आदमी आठ आने देगा यदि उत्तर ठीक हुए। तथा यदि उत्तर ग़लत हुए तो ज्योतिषी को दुगने लौटाने पड़ेंगे।

Question 7.
How did the astrologer answer the question of the stranger ?
Answer:
It had become quite dark when Guru Nayak came to the astrologer. The astrologer took him for a common customer. But when Guru Nayak lit a cheroot, the astrologer saw his face by the match light. He at once knew who that man was.

He tried to get rid of him saying that he was getting late. But the man did not let him go. He said that the astrologer would have to answer his questions. Finding himself helpless, the astrologer agreed to answer the man’s questions. But he said that he would charge one rupee for it. The man agreed to it.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Now the astrologer told the man how he was once stabbed and left for dead. The astrologer addressed the man by his name and said that he knew everything about him. He added that there was once again a grave danger to his life and so he must go back to his village at once and never travel southward.

He also said that the man who had stabbed him had been crushed to death under a lorry. The man felt satisfied, gave the astrologer a handful of coins and went away in the night.

काफी अन्धेरा हो चुका था जब गुरु नायक ज्योतिषी के पास आया। ज्योतिषी ने उसे एक साधारण ग्राहक समझा। किन्तु जब गुरु नायक ने एक चुरुट जलाया, तो ज्योतिषी ने माचिस की रोशनी में उसका चेहरा देख लिया। वह तुरन्त जान गया कि वह आदमी कौन था। उसने उससे यह कह कर छुटकारा पाने की कोशिश की कि उसे देर हो रही थी। किन्तु उस आदमी ने उसे जाने न दिया। उसने कहा कि ज्योतिषी को उसके प्रश्नों का उत्तर देना होगा।

स्वयं को बेबस पाकर ज्योतिषी उस आदमी के प्रश्नों का उत्तर देने को सहमत हो गया। किन्तु उसने कहा कि वह इसके लिए एक रुपया वसूल करेगा। वह आदमी इसके लिए सहमत हो गया। अब ज्योतिषी ने उस आदमी को बताया कि किस तरह उसे एक बार चाकू घोंप दिया गया था और उसे मरा हुआ जान कर छोड़ दिया गया था। ज्योतिषी ने उस आदमी को उसका नाम लेकर सम्बोधित किया और कहा कि वह उसके बारे में सब कुछ जानता था।

उसने फिर यह कहा कि उसके जीवन को एक बार फिर बडा भारी खतरा था और इसलिए उसे अपने गांव को तुरन्त वापस चले जाना चाहिए और फिर कभी भी दक्षिण की तरफ़ यात्रा नहीं करनी चाहिए। उसने यह भी बताया कि वह आदमी, जिसने उसे चाकू घोंपा था, उसकी मृत्यु लॉरी के नीचे कुचले जाने से हो गई थी। वह आदमी सन्तुष्ट हो गया, उसने ज्योतिषी को मुठ्ठी-भर सिक्के दिए और रात के अन्धेरे में वहां से चला गया।

Question 8.
What made the astrologer leave his village all of a sudden ?
Why had the astrologer run away from his village ?
Answer:
The astrologer belonged to a village. His forefathers were farmers. He, too, would have become a farmer if he had continued living in the village. But that was not to be. In his youth, he fell into bad ways. One day, he drank, gambled and quarrelled badly.

He stabbed a man named Guru Nayak. He pushed the man into a well and left him for dead. Now he feared that he would be arrested for murder. He could be hanged for it. So without telling anyone, he ran away from his village. He went to a far-off city and started living there. To earn his living, he became an astrologer though he knew nothing of this profession.

ज्योतिषी एक गांव का रहने वाला था। उसके बाप-दादा किसान थे। वह भी एक किसान बन गया होता यदि उसने गांव में रहना जारी रखा होता। किन्तु ऐसा होना लिखा नहीं था। अपनी युवावस्था में वह बुरी आदतों में फंस गया। एक दिन उसने शराब पी, जुआ खेला और बुरी तरह से झगड़ा कर लिया। उसने गुरु नायक नाम के एक आदमी को चाकू घोंप दिया। उसने उस आदमी को एक कुंए में धकेल दिया और मरा हुआ जान कर उसे छोड़ कर चला गया।

अब उसे भय हो गया कि उसे हत्या करने के दोष में गिरफ्तार कर लिया जाएगा। इस के लिए उसे फांसी भी दी जा सकती थी। इसलिए किसी को भी बताए बिना वह गांव से भाग गया। वह एक दूर-स्थित नगर में चला गया और वहां रहने लगा। अपनी आजीविका कमाने के लिए वह एक ज्योतिषी बन गया यद्यपि वह इस धन्धे के बारे में कुछ नहीं जानता था।

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Who wrote the story, ‘An Astrologer’s Day’ ?
Answer:
R.K. Narayan.

Question 2.
Where did the astrologer carry on his job?
Answer:
Under a tree on a busy public road.

Question 3.
What did the astrologer wear round his head ?
Answer:
A saffron-coloured turban.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Question 4.
What did he mark his forehead with ?
Answer:
With sacred ash and vermilion.

Question 5.
What did the vendor sell who passed the way where the astrologer carried on his work ?
Answer:
He sold fried groundnuts.

Question 6.
How did the vendor attract the customers ?
Answer:
He would give his nuts some fancy names to attract the customers.

Question 7.
The astrologer had to leave his village without telling anyone. Why?
Answer:
Because he had stabbed a man.

Question 8.
Who had the astrologer stabbed in his village ?
Answer:
He was Guru Nayak.

Question 9.
Could Guru Nayak recognize the astrologer ?
Answer:
No.

Question 10.
What did the astrologer tell his wife when he came back home that night?
Answer:
He told her that he had been relieved of a great burden.

An Astrologer’s Day Summary in English

An Astrologer’s Day Introduction in English:

The story begins with the description of an astrologer sitting in the market. He counsels people about their day-to-day problems. He knows nothing of astrology. He does his job through guesswork and through common understanding of human psychology.

One day, when it is already dark and the astrologer has prepared to bundle up, a person approaches him with a query. He wants to know whether he would succeed in his search for the man who attempted to kill him. Ironically, the man he has been searching for is none other than the astrologer himself.

The astrologer recognizes him in a slight streak of light in the street. Instead of being perplexed, he cleverly answers the man’s query. He asks him to stay in his village and avoid visiting the city for better fortune and long life. The man goes away quite satisfied. Thus very cleverly, the astrologer prevents the possibility of any future encounter with this man.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

In his youth, the astrologer had got into a scuffle with this man in his village. He had stabbed him and then taking him as dead had pushed him into a well. Then he ran away for fear of being hanged for murder and settled in a far-off town.

An Astrologer’s Day Summary in English:

An astrologer carried on his job under a tree on a busy public road. He would start his work at midday and continue till there was enough light from the adjoining shops or vendors. He counselled people about their day-to-day problems.

The astrologer knew nothing of astrology or stars because he had never intended to be an astrologer in life. He had to leave his village without telling anyone and could not rest till the village had been left behind a few hundred miles.

Though he knew nothing of astrology, yet he was quite successful with his customers. He wore such a dress that he at once attracted the eyes of others. His forehead was marked with sacred ash and vermilion. He wore a saffron-coloured turban round his head.

This colour never failed to attract the people. The astrologer was very tactful also. He always said things which pleased and astonished everyone. He did his job through guesswork and through common understanding of human psychology.

One day, it had become quite dark and the astrologer was preparing to bundle up. All other vendors had already left. Just then, the astrologer saw a man standing near him. He took him for a customer and invited him to sit down.

The astrologer started telling his usual stuff, but the man stopped him at once. “Tell me something worthwhile …….,” he said. The astrologer felt offended, “I charge only three pies per question,” he said in a rough voice. The man threw one anna before the astrologer and said that he wanted to ask some questions.

“If I prove you are bluffing, you must return that anna to me with interest,” he said.Then the astrologer sent up a prayer to heaven as usual. In the meanwhile, the man lit a cheroot for himself. The astrologer had a glimpse of his face by the matchlight.

He began to feel very uncomfortable. “Here take your anna back. I am not used to such challenges,” said the astrologer. But the man held on the astrologer’s wrist and said that he could not go back on the pact that had been made.

The astrologer shivered in his grip and said, “Leave me today. I will speak to you tomorrow.” But the man didn’t let him go and asked him to answer his question. He asked the astrologer if he would succeed in his present search or not. “Answer this and go.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

Otherwise I will not let you go till you disgorge all your coins,” said the man. At this, the astrologer said that if what he said was satisfactory, he would charge one rupee. “Otherwise I will not open my mouth and you may do what you like,” he said. The man agreed after a lot of haggling.

Then the astrologer said, “You were left for dead. Am I right ?” “Ah, tell me more.” “A knife has. passed through you once ?” said the astrologer. “Good fellow !” He bared his chest to show the scar. “What else ?” “And then you were pushed into a well nearby in the field.

You were left for dead.” “I should have been dead if some passer-by had not chanced to peep into the well,” exclaimed the other. “When shall I get at him ?” he asked, clenching his fist.The astrologer told him that the man, who had stabbed him, had been crushed to death under a lorry. Then he addressed the man by his name, Guru Nayak.

He told him that he knew everything about him. He added that there was once again a grave danger to his life. So he must go back to his village at once and never travel southward.It was nearly midnight when the astrologer reached home.

He told his wife how he had been relieved of a great burden. He said to her, “I thought I had the blood of a man on my hands all these years. That was the reason why I ran away from home, settled here and married you. He is alive !”.

An Astrologer’s Day Summary in Hindi

An Astrologer’s Day Introduction in Hindi:

यह कहानी बाज़ार में बैठे एक ज्योतिषी के वर्णन से शुरू होती है। वह लोगों को उनकी रोज-रोज की समस्याओं के बारे में सलाह देता है। वह ज्योतिष के बारे में कुछ नहीं जानता। वह अटकलबाजी तथा मनुष्य की मानसिकता की आम समझ से ही अपना काम चलाता है।

एक दिन जब पहले ही काफी अन्धेरा हो चुका होता है और ज्योतिषी अपना सामान बांधने के लिए तैयार होता है, एक व्यक्ति उसके पास अपना एक प्रश्न लेकर आता है। वह यह जानना चाहता है कि क्या वह उस आदमी को ढूंढ पाने में सफल होगा जिसने उसे मारने की कोशिश की थी। बड़ी विडम्बना की बात है कि वह जिस आदमी की खोज कर रहा होता है, वह और कोई नहीं बल्कि स्वयं वह ज्योतिषी ही होता है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

गली में रोशनी की हल्की सी किरण में वह उसे पहचान लेता है। परन्तु घबराने की बजाए वह बहुत चतुराई से उस आदमी के प्रश्नों के उत्तर देता है। वह उससे कहता है कि यदि वह अच्छी किस्मत और लम्बी उम्र चाहता है तो उसे अपने गांव में ही रहना चाहिए और शहर आना हमेशा के लिए छोड़ देना चाहिए। वह आदमी पूरी तरह सन्तुष्ट होकर वहां से चला जाता है।

इस तरह बहुत चतुराईपूर्वक ज्योतिषी भविष्य में उसके साथ होने वाली किसी भी मुठभेड़ की संभावना को ही खत्म कर देता है। अपनी युवावस्था में उस आदमी के साथ ज्योतिषी का झगड़ा हो गया था। उसने उसे छुरा घोंप दिया था और उसे मरा समझ कर एक कुएं में धकेल दिया था। फिर हत्या के लिए फांसी दिए जाने के डर से वह वहां से भाग गया था और बहुत दूर के एक नगर में बस गया था।

An Astrologer’s Day Summary in Hindi:

एक ज्योतिषी एक व्यस्त सार्वजनिक सड़क पर एक पेड़ के नीचे बैठ कर अपना धन्धा चलाया करता था। वह अपना काम दोपहर में शुरू करता और तब तक बैठा रहता जब तक उसे पड़ोस की दुकानों या छाबड़ी वालों से पर्याप्त प्रकाश मिलता रहता। वह लोगों को उनकी रोज-रोज की समस्याओं के बारे में सलाह देता।

ज्योतिषी को ज्योतिष या ग्रहों, आदि के बारे में बिल्कुल भी ज्ञान नहीं था क्योंकि उसने अपने जीवन में ज्योतिषी बनने का इरादा कभी नहीं किया था। उसे बिना किसी को बताए अपना गांव छोड़ना पड़ा था। और वह तब तक आराम नहीं कर सका था जब तक उसका गांव कुछ सौ मील पीछे नहीं रह गया था।

यद्यपि उसे ज्योतिष के बारे में कुछ ज्ञान नहीं था, फिर भी वह अपने ग्राहकों के साथ बहुत कामयाब रहता था। वह ऐसी पोशाक पहनता कि वह तुरन्त दूसरों की आँखों को आकर्षित कर लेता। उसके माथे पर पवित्र भस्म और सिन्दूर लगा होता। उसने अपने सिर के गिर्द केसरी रंग की पगड़ी पहनी होती।

यह रंग लोगों को आकर्षित करने से न चूकता। वह बहुत व्यवहारकुशल भी था। वह सदा ऐसी बातें कहता जो सभी को अच्छी लगतीं और चकित कर देतीं। वह अटकलबाजी तथा मनुष्य की मानसिकता की आम समझ से ही अपना काम चलाता था। एक दिन काफी अन्धेरा हो गया था और ज्योतिषी अपना सामान समेटने की तैयारी कर रहा था। बाकी सभी छाबड़ी वाले पहले ही जा चुके थे।

उस समय उसने अपने निकट एक आदमी को खड़े देखा। ज्योतिषी ने सोचा कि वह कोई ग्राहक था और उसने उसे बैठ जाने के लिए आमन्त्रित किया। ज्योतिषी ने पहले वाली अपनी अनापशनाप बातें कहनी शुरू कर दीं किन्तु उस आदमी ने तुरन्त उसे रोक दिया। “मुझे कोई काम की बात बताओ….,” उस आदमी ने कहा।

ज्योतिषी तिलमिला उठा। “मैं प्रत्येक प्रश्न की तीन पाई लेता हूं,” उसने तीखे स्वर में कहा। आदमी ने ज्योतिषी के आगे एक आना फेंका और कहा कि वह कुछ प्रश्न पूछना चाहता था। ‘यदि मैं साबित कर दूं कि तुम्हारे जवाब ग़लत हैं तो तुम्हें मुझे वह आना ब्याज समेत लौटाना होगा,’ उसने कहा।

फिर हमेशा की तरह ज्योतिषी ने ऊपर आकाश की तरफ देख कर कुछ प्रार्थना की। उसी समय उस आदमी ने अपने लिए एक चुरुट जलाई। दियासलाई की रोशनी में ज्योतिषी को उसके चेहरे की एक झलक दिखाई पड़ गई। अचानक उसे बहुत बेचैनी महसूस होने लगी।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

“अपना यह आना वापस लो। मैं ऐसी चुनौतियों का आदी नहीं हूं,” ज्योतिषी ने कहा। किन्तु उस आदमी ने ज्योतिषी की कलाई पकड़ ली और कहा कि वह उस समझौते से पीछे नहीं हट सकता था जो तय हो चुका था। ज्योतिषी उसकी पकड़ में कांप उठा और बोला, “आज मुझे जाने दो। मैं तुम से कल बात करूंगा।”

परन्तु उस आदमी ने उसे जाने नहीं दिया और उसने अपने प्रश्नों के उत्तर देने के लिए कहा। उसने ज्योतिषी से पूछा कि क्या वह अपनी वर्तमान खोज में कामयाब होगा या नहीं। “इसका उत्तर दो और जाओ। अन्यथा मैं तुम्हें तब तक नहीं जाने दूंगा जब तक तुम मुझे अपने सभी सिक्के नहीं दे दोगे,” उस आदमी ने कहा। इस बात पर ज्योतिषी बोला कि यदि उसने जो कहा वह सन्तोषजनक हुआ तो वह एक रुपया लेगा।

“अन्यथा मैं अपना मुंह नहीं खोलूँगा और तुम जो चाहो कर सकते हो,” वह बोला। बहुत सौदेबाजी के बाद वह आदमी सहमत हो गया। फिर ज्योतिषी ने कहा, “तुम्हें मरा जान कर छोड़ दिया गया था। क्या मेरी बात सही है?” “वाह, मुझे और बताओ।” “एक बार तुम्हें चाकू घोंपा जा चुका है?” “बहुत खूब!” उसने घाव का निशान दिखाने के लिए अपनी छाती नंगी कर ली। “और कोई बात ?” “और फिर तुम्हें नज़दीक ही एक खेत में कुएं में धकेल दिया गया। तुम्हें मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ दिया गया।”

“मैं मर ही गया होता, अगर किसी राहगीर ने अचानक कुएँ के अन्दर की तरफ झांका न होता,” उस आदमी ने कहा। “वह मेरे हाथ कब लगेगा ?” उसने अपनी मुट्ठी को कसते हुए पूछा। _ज्योतिषी ने उसे बताया कि जिस आदमी ने उसे चाक घोंपा था, उसकी मृत्यु एक लॉरी के नीचे कुचले जाने से हो गई थी।

फिर उसने उस आदमी को उसके नाम से सम्बोधित किया, “गुरु नायक।” उसने उसे बताया कि वह उसके बारे में सब कुछ जानता था। उसने यह भी बताया कि उसके जीवन पर एक बार फिर बड़ा भारी खतरा था और इसलिए उसे वापस अपने गांव को तुरन्त चले जाना चाहिए और कभी भी दक्षिण की ओर यात्रा नहीं करनी चाहिए। उस आदमी ने ज्योतिषी को मुट्ठी-भर सिक्के दिए और सन्तुष्ट होकर वहां से चला गया।

लगभग आधी रात हो गई थी जब ज्योतिषी घर पहंचा। उसने अपनी पत्नी को बताया कि किस तरह उसे एक भारी बोझ से मुक्ति मिल गई थी। उसने उससे कहा, “इतने वर्षों से मैं समझता रहा था कि मेरे हाथ किसी आदमी के खून से रंगे हैं। यही कारण था कि मैं घर से भाग आया था, यहां बस गया और तुमसे विवाह कर लिया। वह आदमी तो जीवित है !”

सरल हिन्दी में कहानी की विस्तृत व्याख्या

ज्योतिषी दोपहर के समय आ पहुंचा। वह सदा ठीक समय पर पहुंच जाया करता था। उसने अपना थैला खोला और अपनी चीज़ों को ज़मीन पर तरतीब से बिछा दिया। एक दर्जन कौड़ियां, एक चौरस आकार का कपड़ा जिस पर एक अजीब सा चार्ट बना हुआ था, एक कापी तथा कुछ अन्य छोटी-छोटी चीजें। उसने अपने माथे पर भस्म और सिन्दूर का लेप किया हुआ था। उसकी आंखें ग्राहकों की खोज करती हुई प्रतीत हो रही थीं।

उसने अपने सिर पर केसरी रंग की एक पगड़ी पहन रखी थी। रंगों का यह मेल अपना असर दिखाने में कभी असफल नहीं रहता था। लोग उसकी तरफ़ ऐसे खिंचे चले आते जैसे मधुमक्खियां फूलों की तरफ़ खिंची चली आती हैं। वह एक सार्वजनिक सड़क पर पेड़ के नीचे बैठा करता था। यह एक व्यस्त सड़क थी तथा लोगों की भीड़ प्रातः से रात तक निरन्तर वहां से आती-जाती रहती थी।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

सभी तरह के लोग वहां से गुज़रते थे – दवाइयां बेचने वाले, चोरी की चीजें बेचने वाले, जादू दिखाने वाले, और सबसे बढ़ कर वहां एक सस्ती किस्म का कपड़ा बेचने वाला आदमी आता था जो दिन भर इतना शोर किया करता कि उससे पूरा नगर आकर्षित हुआ चला आता। शोर के विचार से उससे दूसरे नम्बर पर एक छाबड़ी वाला था जो तली हुई मूंगफली बेचा करता था। वह प्रतिदिन अपनी मूंगफली को एक बढ़िया सा नाम दिया करता।

एक दिन वह इसे ‘बम्बई की आइसक्रीम’ कहता, दूसरे दिन ‘दिल्ली के बादाम’, तीसरे दिन ‘राजा के रसगुल्ले’ और इस तरह चलता रहता। लोगों की भीड़ उसके पास जमा हो जाती। इस भीड़ का काफी बड़ा हिस्सा ज्योतिषी के पास बैठ कर समय बिताया करता। ज्योतिषी अपना काम उस मशाल की रोशनी में किया करता जो समीप ही मूंगफली के ढेर के ऊपर पड़ी होती थी।

इस जगह का आधा आकर्षण इस बात में था कि वहां निगम की तरफ से रोशनी का कोई प्रबन्ध नहीं था। उस जगह पर केवल दुकानों पर जलने वाले दीपकों का ही प्रकाश होता था। एक या दो के पास गैस से जलने वाले दीपक थे। कुछ-एक ने डंडों के ऊपर जलती हुई मशालें लगा रखी होती थीं। कुछ जगह साइकलों पर लगाने वाले पुराने लैम्प जलाए गए होते थे। ज्योतिषी जैसे एक या दो लोग अपने किसी निजी लैम्प के बिना ही अपना काम चला लेते थे।

यह सब ज्योतिषी के लिए बहुत ठीक था क्योंकि उसने अपने जीवन में ज्योतिषी बनने का विचार कभी नहीं किया था। उसे तो इतना भी नहीं पता था कि उसके अपने जीवन में अगले पल क्या होने वाला है। ग्रहों, आदि के बारे में वह स्वयं उतना ही अनजान था जितने कि उसके भोले-भाले ग्राहक। फिर भी वह उनसे ऐसी बातें कहा करता जिससे वे सभी प्रसन्न हो जाते और चकित भी होते। यह मात्र कुछ पढ़ कर सीखने, कुछ अभ्यास द्वारा जानने और कुछ समझदारी-भरे अनुमान लगाने की बात होती थी।

फिर भी यह एक ईमानदार आदमी वाली मेहनत का काम था और वह उस कमाई का सच्चा हकदार होता था जो वह दिन समाप्त होने पर अपने साथ घर ले जाया करता था। वह किसी पूर्व विचार अथवा योजना के बिना ही अपना गांव छोड़ कर चला आया था। यदि उसने वहीं रहना जारी रखा होता, तो उसने अपने पूर्वजों वाला काम ही करना था। वह भूमि को जोतता, वहीं रहता, विवाह रचाता, तथा अपने अनाज के खेतों और पूर्वजों के घर में रहता हुआ बूढ़ा हो जाता।

किन्तु ऐसा होना नहीं लिखा था। उसे किसी को बताए बिना ही अपना घर छोड़ना पड़ा, और वह तब तक आराम से न बैठ सका जब तक कि वह अपना गांव कुछ सौ मील पीछे नहीं छोड़ आया था। एक गांव के आदमी के लिए यह बड़ा भारी फ़ासला था, मानो उन दोनों जगहों के बीच एक समुद्र पड़ता हो।

ज्योतिषी को मानव-जाति की समस्याओं के बारे में काम चलाने लायक ज्ञान था। वह जानता था कि मनुष्य की साधारण समस्याएं विवाह, पैसा, नौकरी, तबादला, तरक्की तथा मानवीय सम्बन्धों की अन्य उलझनें होती हैं। लम्बे अभ्यास की वजह से उसकी सूझबूझ तेज़ हो गई थी। पांच मिनट में वह समझ जाता था कि व्यक्ति की परेशानी क्या है। वह प्रति प्रश्न तीन पाई वसूल किया करता था।

(पाई एक पुराना भारतीय सिक्का होता था जो एक रुपये का 192वां भाग होता था। एक रुपये में 16 आने, एक आने में 4 पैसे और एक पैसे में 3 पाइयां होती थीं।) ज्योतिषी तब तक अपना मुंह नहीं खोलता था जब तक दूसरा व्यक्ति कम से कम दस मिनट तक बोल नहीं चुका होता था। इससे उसे एक दर्जन उत्तर देने के लिए पर्याप्त सामग्री मिल जाती थी।

वह अपने सामने बैठे हुए आदमी की हथेली को देखता और कहता, “कई तरह से तुम्हें अपनी मेहनत का पूरा-पूरा फल प्राप्त नहीं हो रहा है।” दस में से नौ लोग इस बात से सहमत होते थे। अथवा वह उनसे यह प्रश्न पूछता, “क्या तुम्हारे परिवार में कोई औरत है, शायद

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

कोई दूर की सम्बन्धी हो, जो तुम्हें अच्छा नहीं समझती है ?” अथवा वह यह कहते हुए ग्राहक के चरित्र का विश्लेषण करने लगता, “तुम्हारी अधिकतर समस्याएं तुम्हारे अपने स्वभाव की वजह से हैं। इससे भिन्न हो भी कैसे सकता है जबकि शनि इस जगह पर बैठा हो जहां यह बैठा हुआ है ? यह तुम्हारा दोष नहीं; अपितु तुम्हारे ग्रहों का है।” इस तरह की बातों से वह तुरन्त अपने ग्राहकों का दिल जीत लिया करता, क्योंकि हम में से प्रत्येक व्यक्ति यही सोचना पसन्द करता है कि वह अपनी मुसीबतों के लिए खुद ज़िम्मेदार नहीं है।

मूंगफली बेचने वाले ने अपनी मशाल बुझाई और घर जाने के लिए उठ खड़ा हुआ। यह ज्योतिषी के लिए एक इशारा था कि वह भी अपना सामान समेट ले क्योंकि वह अन्धेरे में रह जाता था। केवल हरी रोशनी की एक छोटीसी किरण कहीं से आ रही थी और उसके सामने की तरफ़ ज़मीन पर पड़ रही थी। ज्योतिषी ने अपनी कौड़ियां उठाई और इन्हें वापस अपने थैले में डालने लगा।

तभी उसने ऊपर को नज़र उठाई और एक आदमी को अपने सामने खड़े हुए देखा। उसने समझ लिया कि यह कोई ग्राहक था और उससे बोला, “तुम बहुत उदास लग रहे हो। तुम्हें इससे राहत मिलेगी अगर तुम थोड़ी देर यहां बैठ जाओ और मेरे साथ बातचीत करो।” वह आदमी उत्तर में कुछ शब्द बड़बड़ाया। जब ज्योतिषी ने उसे बैठने के लिए दोबारा आग्रह किया तो उस आदमी ने अपनी हथेली उसकी नाक के नीचे को घुसेड़ दी, और कहा, “तुम अपने आप को एक ज्योतिषी कहते हो ?” ज्योतिषी को ऐसा लगा जैसे उसे ललकारा गया हो। उस आदमी की हथेली को हरी रोशनी की तरफ़ हटाते हुए वह कहने लगा, “तुम्हारा स्वभाव कुछ ऐसा है………. ।”

“बन्द करो ये बातें,” उस आदमी ने कहा। “मुझे कोई काम की बात बताओ।”
ज्योतिषी तिलमिला उठा। “मैं प्रत्येक प्रश्न के तीन पाई लेता हूं,” उसने तीखे स्वर में कहा। इस पर उस आदमी ने अपना बाजू पीछे को खींचा, एक आने का सिक्का निकाला, और उसके सामने फेंकते हुए कहा, “मुझे कुछ प्रश्न पूछने हैं। अगर मैं साबित कर दूँ कि तुम्हारे जवाब ग़लत हैं, तो तुम्हें मुझे वह आना ब्याज समेत लौटाना होगा।” “और अगर तुम मेरे उत्तरों से सन्तुष्ट हो गए, तो क्या तुम मुझे पांच रुपए दोगे ?” “नहीं।” “क्या तुम मुझे आठ आने दोगे ?”

“ठीक है। लेकिन तुम्हें मुझे दोगुने लौटाने होंगे, यदि तुम्हारे उत्तर ग़लत हुए,” उस अजनबी ने कहा। थोड़ी बहस के बाद यह सौदा तय हो गया। ज्योतिषी ने ऊपर आकाश की तरफ देख कर कुछ प्रार्थना की जबकि उस आदमी ने एक चुरुट जला लिया। ज्योतिषी

को दियासलाई की रोशनी में उस आदमी का चेहरा दिखलाई दे गया। ज्योतिषी को बहुत बेचैनी महसूस होने लगी। “अपना यह आना वापस ले लो। मैं इस तरह की चुनौतियों का आदी नहीं हूं। मुझे पहले ही बहुत देर हो गई है।” और उसने अपना सामान बांधने की तैयारी शुरू कर दी।

उस आदमी ने ज्योतिषी को उसकी कलाई से पकड़ लिया, और कहने लगा, “तुम अब इससे बच नहीं सकते हो। मैं तो यहां से गुजर रहा था, तुमने ही मुझे इसमें घसीटा है।” ज्योतिषी उसकी पकड़ में कांप उठा। उसकी आवाज़ लड़खड़ाने लगी और कमजोर पड़ गई। “आज मुझे जाने दो,” उसने कहा। “मैं तुमसे कल बात करूंगा।” किन्तु उस आदमी ने अपनी हथेली ज्योतिषी के चेहरे के सामने धकेल दी, और बोला, “चुनौती तो चुनौती होती है। अब आगे बढ़ो।” अपने सूखे कण्ठ के साथ ज्योतिषी कहने लगा, “एक औरत है……….।”

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

“बन्द करो,” उस आदमी ने कहा। “मुझे यह सब नहीं चाहिए। क्या मैं अपनी वर्तमान खोज में कामयाब हूंगा या नहीं ? इसका उत्तर दे दो और फिर तुम जा सकते हो। अन्यथा मैं तुम्हें जाने नहीं दूंगा जब तक तुम मुझे अपने सभी सिक्के नहीं दे दोगे।”

“ठीक है,” ज्योतिषी ने कहा। “लेकिन क्या तुम मुझे एक रुपया दोगे अगर मेरी कही हुई बात सच हुई ? नहीं तो मैं अपना मुंह नहीं खोलूंगा। तुम जो चाहो, कर सकते हो।” बहुत ज्यादा सौदेबाज़ी के बाद वह आदमी सहमत हो गया। ज्योतिषी ने कहा, “तुम्हें मरा जान कर छोड़ दिया गया था। क्या मेरी बात सही है ?”

“वाह, मुझे और बताओ।” “एक बार तुम्हें चाकू घोंपा जा चुका है ?” ज्योतिषी ने कहा। “बहुत खूब!” उसने घाव का निशान दिखाने के लिए अपनी छाती नंगी कर ली। “और कोई बात ?”

“और फिर तुम्हें नज़दीक ही एक खेत के कुएं में धकेल दिया गया। तुम्हें मरा हुआ समझ कर छोड़ दिया गया।”
“मैं मर ही गया होता अगर किसी राहगीर ने अचानक कुएँ के अन्दर की तरफ झांका न होता,” उस आदमी ने कहा। “वह मेरे हाथ कब लगेगा ?” उसने अपनी मुट्ठी को कसते हुए पूछा। “अगले संसार में,” ज्योतिषी ने उत्तर दिया। “चार महीने पूर्व एक दूर-स्थित नगर में उसकी मृत्यु हो गई है। अब तुम उसे कभी देख नहीं पाओगे।” यह सुन कर वह आदमी कराह उठा। ज्योतिषी ने अपनी बात कहनी जारी रखते हुए कहा “गुरु नायक……….”

“तुम मेरा नाम जानते हो!” उस आदमी ने चकित होते हुए कहा। “हां, जैसे मैं बाकी सब बातें भी जानता हूं। गुरु नायक, जो मुझे कहना है, वह ध्यान से सुनो। तुम्हारा गांव इस नगर से उत्तर की तरफ है और वहां जाने में दो दिन लगते हैं। अगली ही गाड़ी पकड़ो और यहां से चले जाओ। मुझे एक बार फिर तुम्हारे जीवन के लिए भारी ख़तरा दिखाई दे रहा है, अगर तुम अपने घर से कहीं दूर जाओगे।” ज्योतिषी ने पवित्र भस्म की एक चुटकी निकाली और उस आदमी को पकड़ाते हुए कहा, “इसे अपने माथे पर मलो और घर चले जाओ। दोबारा कभी दक्षिण की तरफ यात्रा मत करना, और तुम सौ वर्ष तक जीवित रहोगे।”

“मैं दोबारा घर छोड़ कर भला क्यों जाऊँगा ?” उस आदमी ने कहा। “मैं केवल कभी-कभी उसकी खोज में निकल पड़ता था। मेरे मन में था कि मैं उसे जान से मार दूंगा यदि वह मुझे मिल जाए।” उसने दुःखपूर्वक अपना सिर झटक दिया। “मेरे हाथों से वह बच गया है। मुझे उम्मीद है कि कम-से-कम वह उसी तरह मरा होगा जिसका वह पात्र था।”
“हां,” ज्योतिषी ने कहा। “वह एक लॉरी के नीचे कुचला गया था।”

यह सुन कर वह आदमी प्रसन्न हुआ प्रतीत हुआ। इस समय तक वह जगह सुनसान हो गई थी। ज्योतिषी ने अपनी चीजें उठाईं और उन्हें अपने थैले में डाल लिया। वह रोशनी भी बुझ चुकी थी। वह जगह पूर्ण अन्धेरे और खामोशी में डूब गई। वह आदमी ज्योतिषी को एक मुट्ठीभर सिक्के देने के बाद रात के अन्धेरे में वहां से चला गया। लगभग आधी रात हो चुकी थी जब ज्योतिषी घर पहुंचा। उसकी पत्नी दरवाजे पर खड़ी उसकी प्रतीक्षा कर रही थी।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day

उसने उससे पूछा कि उसे देरी किस लिए हो गई थी। ज्योतिषी ने उसकी तरफ सिक्के फेंकते हुए कहा, “इन्हें गिनो। यह सब एक ही आदमी ने दिए हैं।” “साढ़े बारह आने,’ पत्नी ने गिनते हुए कहा। वह अति प्रसन्न हो उठी। “कल मैं चीनी और नारियल खरीद पाऊँगी। बच्ची कई दिनों से मिठाई की मांग कर रही है। अब मैं उसके लिए कोई बढ़िया चीज़ तैयार करूँगी।”

“सुअर ने मुझे धोखा दिया है ! उसने मुझे एक रुपया देने का वायदा किया था,” ज्योतिषी ने कहा। पत्नी ने उसकी तरफ देखा और कहा, “आप चिन्तित दिखाई देते हैं। क्या बात है ?” – “कुछ नहीं।”

भोजन करने के बाद चारपाई पर बैठते हुए उसने अपनी पत्नी को बताया, “क्या तुम जानती हो आज मेरे मन से एक भारी बोझ उतर गया है ? मैं सोचता था कि इतने वर्षों से मेरे हाथों पर एक आदमी का खून लगा हुआ था। इसी कारण मैं घर से भाग आया था, यहां आकर बस गया और तुमसे शादी कर ली। वह आदमी तो जीवित है!”

“आपने किसी को मारने की कोशिश की थी !” उसने हाँफते हुए कहा।
“हां, हमारे गांव में, जब मैं एक मूर्ख युवक हुआ करता था। एक दिन हमने शराब पी, जुआ खेला और बुरी तरह से लड़ पड़े। लेकिन अब उसके बारे में क्यों सोचा जाए ? सोने का वक्त हो गया है,” उसने जम्भाई लेते हुए कहा, और फिर चारपाई पर लेट गया।

Word Meanings

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day 1
PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 1 An Astrologer’s Day 2

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Poem 2 Mother’s Day

Question 1.
What is the significance of ‘Chinese house of dreams’ ?
Answer:
‘Chinese house of dreams’ means a world of imagination. The poet uses this phrase to ridicule the foreign custom of presenting colourful poems to one’s mother on Mother’s Day. According to the poet, they present their mother a string of spurious poems kept safely in a bouquet which is shaped like a Chinese house of dreams. In simple words, they honour their mothers merely with fake words that have no real value. In the manner of a world of imagination, their magic too goes off in no moment.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

‘सपनों का चीनी घर’ का अर्थ है कल्पना का संसार । कवि इस वाक्यांश का प्रयोग विदेशी लोगों के उस रिवाज की खिल्ली उड़ाने के लिए करता है जिसमें व्यक्ति ‘मदर्स डे’ पर अपनी मां को उपहार स्वरूप रंग-बिरंगी कविताएं भेंट करता है। कवि के अनुसार, वे नकली गीतों की एक कड़ी एक ऐसे गुलदस्ते में सजा कर भेंट करते हैं जो सपनों के घर जैसा बना होता है। सरल शब्दों में, वे नकली शब्दों में अपनी मांओं का सम्मान करते हैं, जिनका कोई वास्तविक मूल्य नहीं होता। कल्पना के संसार की भांति उनका जादू ग़ायब होते भी देर नहीं लगती।

Question 2.
In what way is ‘my mother’ more demanding ?
Answer:
In this poem, ‘my mother’ refers to an Indian mother. In India, children consider their mother as their God. Mother too loves her children very dearly. She always worries for the welfare of her children. She wants to keep all ills away from her children.

She wants her children to pay her obeisance at each sunrise. She wants them to touch her feet and take her blessings before starting their new day. She believes that her blessings would make their life safe and sound. Only this much more ‘my mother’ demands.

इस कविता में ‘मेरी मां’ एक भारतीय मां की ओर संकेत करती है। भारत में बच्चे अपनी मां को अपना भगवान मानते हैं। मां भी अपने बच्चों से अत्यधिक प्रेम करती है। वह हमेशा अपने बच्चों की भलाई की चिन्ता करती रहती है। वह अपने बच्चों से हर बुराई को दूर रखना चाहती है।

इसलिए वह चाहती है कि वे प्रत्येक दिन सुबह उसे नमन करें। वह चाहती है कि वे उसके पांवों को छुएं और अपने नए दिन की शुरुआत करने से पहले उसका आशीर्वाद लें। उसका विश्वास है कि उसका आशीर्वाद उनके जीवन को सुगम तथा सुरक्षित कर देगा। सिर्फ इतना ही अधिक चाहती है ‘मेरी मां’।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

Question 3.
What, according to the poet, amounts to desecrating a mother?
Answer:
Dedicating just one day in the whole year to one’s mother amounts to desecrating the mother.
व्यक्ति द्वारा अपनी मां को पूरे वर्ष में सिर्फ एक दिन समर्पित करना उस मां का अपमान करने के बराबर होता है।

Question 4.
How often does the poet invoke his deity ?
Answer:
The poet invokes his deity sometimes twice a day. The poet’s mother is his deity.
कवि कभी-कभी दिन में दो बार अपने ईश्वर के आगे आह्वान करता है (अर्थात् उसे पुकारता है)। कवि की मां ही उसका ईश्वर है।

Question 5.
Write a short note on ‘how we Indians celebrate the mother’s day’.
Answer:
In India, mothers are held in high esteem. They are adored like a goddess. It is in keeping with the tradition that India has been symbolized as Mother India. We Indians believe that the mother is a blessing for life. She brought us in this world. So we owe our whole life to her. Then how can we dedicate to her just one day of the year ? In fact, each day of the year is mother’s day for us.

And we celebrate it by paying obeisance to our mother at sunrise daily. We touch her feet and with her blessing start our new day. However, the modern ‘Mother’s Day has been adopted in India also. It is celebrated on the second Sunday of May every year. It is celebrated mostly in urban areas. People perform special acts to honour their mothers and their contribution to the family.

भारत में मांओं को बहुत सम्मान दिया जाता है। एक देवी की भांति उनकी पूजा की जाती है। इस परम्परा के चलते ही भारत को भारत मां का प्रतीक माना गया है। हम भारतीयों का मानना है कि मां जीवन के लिए एक वरदान है। वह हमें इस संसार में ले कर आई। इसलिए हमारा पूरा जीवन उसका ऋणी है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

फिर हम वर्ष में उसे सिर्फ एक ही दिन समर्पित कैसे कर सकते हैं? वास्तव में, हमारे लिए तो वर्ष का हर दिन ‘मदर्स डे’ है। और हम इसे प्रतिदिन मनाते हैं, सुबह होने पर अपनी मां को नमन करके। हम उसके पाँव छूते हैं और उसके आशीर्वाद से अपने दिन की शुरुआत करते हैं।

किन्तु आधुनिक ‘मदर्स डे’ को भारत में भी स्वीकार कर लिया गया है। इसे प्रति वर्ष मई के महीने के दूसरे रविवार को मनाया जाता है। इसे अधिकतर शहरी क्षेत्रों में मनाया जाता है। लोग अपनी माताओं को तथा परिवार के प्रति उनके योगदान को सम्मानित करने के लिए विशेष कार्य करते हैं।

Question 6.
Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B :.
A — B
obeisance — violate / show disrespect
slouch — inherited
invoke — goddess
ancestral — courtesy, respect
deity — appeal to / call up
spurious — stoop (to move forward)
desecrate — false
Answer:
1. obeisance = courtesy, respect
2. slouch = stoop (to move forward)
3. invoke = appeal to / call up
4. ancestral = inherited
5. deity = goddess
6. spurious = false
7. desecrate = violate / show disrespect.

Question 7.
Read the following lines and mention the figures of speech used in each of them

(simile, metaphor, personification) :

1. ‘Like a devotee throwing a handful of yellow rice to the birds:
2. ‘T invole my deity.
3. Bouquet shaped like a Chinese house of dreams.
4. ‘Hear ancestral voices in a wind’s howl’
Answer:
1. Simile
2. Personification
3. Simile
4. Metaphor.

Important Stanzas For Comprehension

Note : A complete Answer Key has been given at the end of the stanzas.

Stanza 1.

We do it differently
in this dark continent.
Not just once a year
a string of spurious verses
ensconced in a bouquet
shaped like a Chinese house of dreams.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which this stanza has been taken.
2. Who does the word ‘We refer to in this stanza ?
3. What do ‘We do differently ?
4. Write the figure of speech used in the following line : ……. a bouquet shaped like a Chinese house of dreams’.
Answers:
1. This stanza has been taken from the poem, Mother’s Day, written by Shiv K. Kumar.
2. It refers to Indian people.
3. We too honour our mothers and their contribution to the family. But we do it in a different way.
4. Simile.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

Stanza 2.

My mother is more demanding
an obeisance at each sunrise,
like a devotee throwing a handful
of yellow rice to the birds.
Holding a candelabrum before an idol,
just once a year
is desecrating it.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which this stanza has been taken.
2. What does ‘my mother’ demand ?
3. List the two things, mentioned by the poet, we are supposed to do at sunrise.
4. Write the figure of speech used in the line : ……..like a devotee throwing a handful of yellow rice to the birds.’
Answers:
1. This stanza has been taken from the poem, Mother’s Day, written by Shiv K. Kumar.
2. She wants her son to touch her feet with respect at sunrise every day.
3. At each sunrise, we should touch our mother’s feet with respect. We should also throw a handful of yellow rice to the birds.
4. Simile.

Stanza 3.

Whenever I see a caterpillar slouching
towards a pansy’s eye,
or hear ancestral voices in a wind’s howl,
I invoke my diety —
sometimes twice a day.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which this stanza has been taken.
2. What is a pansy?
3. Who does the poet call upon whenever he hears the loud noise of the wind ?
4. Give an example of metaphor in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. This stanza has been taken from the poem, Mother’s Day, written by Shiv K. Kumar.
2. A ‘pansy’ is a small garden plant which has brightly coloured flowers.
3. He calls upon his mother whenever he hears the loud noise of the wind.
4. ……….. hear ancestral voices in a wind’s howl.

Mother’s Day Poem Summary in English

Mother’s Day Introduction:

In this poem, the poet describes his views about the Mother’s Day which is celebrated all over the world once a year. It is celebrated to honour the mother by showing gratitude for her contribution to the family. The poet says that dedicating a single day in the whole year to one’s mother is of no use. It is nothing but disrespect to the mother.

Dedicating to her only one day of the year leaves a question on the rest of 364 days of the year. In fact, mother is a blessing for life. She gave us life and brought us in this world. So we owe our whole life to her. Then how can we dedicate to her just one day of the year ? The poet is against this new tradition. In this poem, he expresses his views in this regard.

Mother’s Day Summary in English:

इस कविता में, कवि Mother’s Day के बारे में अपने विचार प्रस्तुत करता है, जिसे साल में एक बार पूरे विश्व भर में मनाया जाता है। इस दिन को मां का सम्मान करने के लिए मनाया जाता है, परिवार को दिए गए उसके योगदान की खातिर उसके प्रति कृतज्ञता प्रकट करके। कवि कहता है कि पूरे साल में सिर्फ एक दिन मां को समर्पित करने का कोई फायदा नहीं है। यह मां के अनादर के अतिरिक्त और कुछ नहीं है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

साल में सिर्फ एक दिन मां को समर्पित करना साल के बाकी बचे तीन सौ चौंसठ दिनों पर प्रश्न लगा देता है। वास्तव में, मां तो जीवन के लिए एक वरदान होती है। उसने हमें जीवन दिया तथा हमें इस दुनिया में लाई। इसलिए हमारा संपूर्ण जीवन उसका ऋणी है। फिर हम साल में सिर्फ एक ही दिन उसे कैसे समर्पित कर सकते हैं ? कवि इस नई परंपरा के विरुद्ध है। इस कविता में वह इसी के संबंध में अपने विचार प्रकट करता है।

Mother’s Day Poem Summary in Hindi

Mother’s Day Introduction:

In this poem, the poet says that people in India celebrate the Mother’s Day, but in a different way. They don’t celebrate it just once a year like the people of other countries. They don’t adore their mothers in false words. They don’t present their mothers a string of spurious poems kept safely in a bouquet shaped like a Chinese house of dreams.

A Chinese house of dreams means a world of imagination. Here the poet ridicules the foreign custom of honouring the mother. He wants to say that Indian people don’t honour their mothers with words only. They honour their mothers through their actions. Then the poet says that his mother is a bit more demanding.

She wants her son to pay her obeisance at each sunrise. Here the poet’s mother refers to an Indian mother. An Indian mother loves her children very dearly. She always worries about the welfare of her children. She believes that her blessings would keep all the ills away from her children.

So she wants them to touch her feet every morning and take her blessings before starting a new day. Then the poet says that his mother wants him to throw a handful of yellow rice to the birds regularly. She asks him to do it like a devotee. In other words, an Indian mother wants to make her children kind to the birds and animals. She demands only this much from her children.

Then the poet says that worshipping an idol just once a year by holding a candelabrum to it is all useless. It is nothing but showing disrespect to it. In the same way, honouring one’s mother once a year is nothing but showing disrespect to her. The poet says that whenever he sees a caterpillar moving towards a pansy plant, he calls upon his deity, i.e. his mother.

And whenever he hears the fearful noise of the long loud sound of the strong wind, he calls upon his deity. He says that sometimes he calls upon his deity twice a day. Whether he is amazed to see anything or he is frightened, mother comes to his mind first.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

And he calls upon her – no matter, how many times a day. The poet concludes the poem with the idea that at all times, either in joy or sorrow, we call upon our mothers to be with us. Then how can we dedicate just one day in a year to her ?

Mother’s Day Summary in Hindi:

इस कविता में, कवि कहता है कि भारत में लोग Mother’s Day मनाते हैं, लेकिन एक अलग तरीके से। वे इसे दूसरे देशों के लोगों की भांति साल में सिर्फ एक बार नहीं मनाते। वे अपनी माँओं की झूठे शब्दों में आराधना नहीं करते हैं। वे अपनी माँओं को बनावटी कविताओं की लड़ी भेंट नहीं करते हैं जिसे सपनों के चीनी घर वाले आकार के गुलदस्ते में संभाल कर रखा जाता है।

सपनों के एक चीनी घर का अर्थ है, कल्पना की एक दुनिया। यहां कवि मां को सम्मानित करने की विदेशी परंपरा का मज़ाक उड़ाता है। वह कहना चाहता है कि भारतीय लोग अपनी माँओं का सम्मान सिर्फ शब्दों के द्वारा नहीं करते। वे अपनी मां का सम्मान उनके लिए कुछ कर्म करके करते हैं। फिर कवि कहता है कि उसकी मां कुछ ज्यादा आशाएं रखती है। वह चाहती है कि उसका पुत्र प्रत्येक दिन सूर्योदय के समय उसको प्रणाम करे।

यहां कवि की मां एक भारतीय मां की ओर संकेत करती है। एक भारतीय मां अपने बच्चों से अत्यधिक प्रेम करती है। वह हमेशा अपने बच्चों की भलाई के बारे में चिंता करती रहती है। वह मानती है कि उसका आशीर्वाद सभी बुराइयों को उसके बच्चों से दूर रखेगा। इसलिए वह चाहती है कि प्रत्येक सुबह अपने दिन की शुरुआत करने से पहले उसके बच्चे उसके पांव छूकर उसका आशीर्वाद लें।

फिर कवि कहता है कि उसकी मां चाहती है कि वह नियमित रूप से पक्षियों के सामने मुट्ठीभर पीले चावल फेंके। वह उसे ऐसा एक श्रद्धालु की भांति करने के लिए कहती है। अन्य शब्दों में, एक भारतीय मां चाहती है कि उसके बच्चे पक्षियों तथा जानवरों के प्रति दयाल बनें। वह अपने बच्चों से सिर्फ इतना सा ही चाहती है।

फिर कवि कहता है कि साल में सिर्फ एक बार हाथ में दीपवृक्ष पकड़कर किसी (देवी-देवता की) मूर्ति की पूजा करना व्यर्थ है। यह उस मूर्ति का अनादर करने के सिवाए और कुछ नहीं है। बिल्कुल उसी तरह ही साल में सिर्फ एक बार अपनी माँ का सम्मान करना उसके प्रति अनादर प्रकट करने के सिवाए और कुछ नहीं है। कवि कहता है कि जब कभी भी वह किसी इल्ली को पैन्ज़ी के पौधे की तरफ बढ़ता देखता है, तो वह अपने ईश्वर अर्थात् अपनी माँ को याद करता है।

और जब कभी भी वह तेज़ चल रही हवा के भयानक शोर को सुनता है तो वह अपने ईश्वर को याद करता है। वह कहता है कि कई बार वह अपने ईश्वर को दिन में दो बार याद करता है। चाहे वह किसी चीज़ को देखकर चकित हो जाता हो अथवा वह डर जाता हो, मां का ख्याल उसके मन में सबसे पहले आता है और वह उसे पुकारता है इससे कोई फर्क नहीं पड़ता, दिन में कितनी बार वह उसे पुकारता है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

कवि इस विचार के साथ कविता का अंत करता है कि सभी समय, चाहे वह खुशी का समय हो अथवा दुःख का समय, हम इच्छा करते हैं कि हमारी माँएं हमारे पास हों। फिर हम वर्ष में उसे सिर्फ एक ही दिन समर्पित कैसे कर सकते हैं ?

Mother’s Day Poem Translation in Hindi

(Lines 1-6)

We do it differently
in this dark continent.
Not just once a year
a string of spurious verses
ensconced in a bouquet
shaped like a Chinese house of dreams.

Explanation : In these lines, the poet says that people in India celebrate the Mother’s Day, but in a different way. They don’t celebrate it just once a year. They don’t adore their mothers in false words. They don’t present their mothers a string of spurious poems kept safely in a bouquet which is shaped like a Chinese House of dreams.

A Chinese House of dreams means a world of imagination. Here the poet wants to say that Indian people don’t show their gratitude towards their mothers in imaginary words only and that also just once a year. Rather they give honour to their mothers by serving them all their life.

इन पंक्तियों में कवि कहता है कि भारत में लोग Mother’s Day मनाते हैं, लेकिन एक अलग तरह से। वे इसे साल में सिर्फ एक बार नहीं मनाते। वे अपनी माँओं की झूठे शब्दों में आराधना नहीं करते। वे अपनी माँओं को बनावटी कविताओं की लड़ी उपहारस्वरूप नहीं देते हैं जिसे सपनों के चीनी घर वाले आकार के बने गुलदस्ते में संभाल कर रखा गया हो। सपनों के एक चीनी घर का अर्थ है, कल्पना की एक दुनिया।

यहां कवि यह कहना चाहता है कि भारतीय लोग अपनी माँओं के प्रति कृतज्ञता काल्पनिक शब्दों में प्रकट नहीं करते और वह भी साल में सिर्फ एक ही बार। बल्कि वे तो अपनी माँओं के प्रति अपना सम्मान पूरा जीवन उनकी सेवा करके व्यक्त करते हैं।

(Lines 7-13)

My mother is more demanding
an obeisance at each sunrise,
like a devotee throwing a handful
of yellow rice to the birds.
Holding a candelabrum before an idol,
just once a year
is desecrating it.

Explanation : The poet says that his mother is a bit more demanding. She wants him to pay her obeisance at each sunrise. Here ‘my mother’ refers to an Indian mother. An Indian mother wants to keep all the ills away from her children. So she wants her children to touch her feet every morning and take her blessings before starting a new day.

Then the poet says that his mother wants him to throw a handful of yellow rice to the birds regularly. In other words, an Indian mother wants to make her children kind to the birds and animals. She demands only this much from her children.

The poet says that worshipping an idol just once a year by holding a candelabrum to it is all useless. It is nothing but showing disrespect to it. In the same way, honouring one’s mother once a year is nothing but showing disrespect to her.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

कवि कहता है कि उसकी मां थोड़ी-सी ज़्यादा आशाएं रखती है। वह चाहती है कि वह प्रत्येक सुबह सूरज निकलने पर उसे नमन करे। यहां ‘my mother’ भारतीय मां की ओर संकेत करता है। एक भारतीय मां सभी बुराइयों
को अपने बच्चों से दूर रखना चाहती है। इसलिए वह चाहती है कि उसके बच्चे प्रत्येक सुबह उसके पांव छुएं तथा नया दिन शुरू करने से पहले उसका आशीर्वाद लें।

फिर कवि कहता है कि उसकी मां चाहती है कि वह नियमित रूप से पक्षियों को मुट्ठी-भर पीले चावल डाले। अन्य शब्दों में, एक भारतीय मां चाहती है कि उसके बच्चे पक्षियों तथा जानवरों के प्रति दयालु बनें। वह अपने बच्चों से सिर्फ इतना ही चाहती है। कवि कहता है कि साल में सिर्फ एक बार ही हाथ में दीपाधार थाम कर किसी मूर्ति की पूजा करना व्यर्थ है। यह उस मूर्ति का अनादर करने के अतिरिक्त और कुछ नहीं है। बिल्कुल उसी प्रकार, साल में सिर्फ एक बार अपनी मां का सम्मान करना उसका अनादर करने के अलावा और कुछ नहीं है।

(Lines 14-18)

Whenever I see a caterpillar slouching
towards a pansy’s eye,
or hear ancestral voices in a wind’s howl,
I invoke my deity –
sometimes twice a day.

Explanation : In these lines, the poet says that whenever he sees a caterpillar moving towards a pansy plant, he calls upon his deity. And whenever he hears ancestral voices in the long loud sound of the strong wind, he calls upon his deity. And sometimes he calls upon her twice a day. Here the poet’s deity is his mother.

In these lines, the poet wants to say that whether he is amazed to see anything or he is frightened, his mother comes to his mind first. Whether it is his pleasure or his pain, he wants to share everything with his mother. And he calls upon herno matter, how many times a day even.

इन पंक्तियों में कवि कहता है कि जब कभी भी वह एक इल्ली को पैन्ज़ी के पौधे की तरफ बढ़ता हुआ देखता है तो वह अपने ईश्वर को याद करता है। और जब कभी भी वह तेज़ हवा के भयानक शोर में पूर्वजों की आवाज़ों को सुनता है तो वह अपने ईश्वर को याद करता है।

और कई बार वह अपने ईश्वर को दिन में दो बार याद करता है। यहां कवि का ईश्वर उसकी मां है। इन पंक्तियों में कवि कहता है कि चाहे वह किसी चीज़ को देखकर चकित हो गया हो या डर गया हो, सबसे पहले उसकी मां का ख्याल उसके मन में आता है। चाहे यह उसका सुख हो या उसका दु:ख, वह सब कुछ अपनी मां के साथ बांटना चाहता है। वह उसे याद करता है – इससे कोई फर्क नहीं पड़ता कि दिन में कितनी बार।

Mother’s Day Central Idea Of The Poem in English

In this poem, the poet wants to convey the idea that dedicating just one day in the whole year to one’s mother is useless. It is nothing but showing disrespect towards the mother. Mother is a blessing for life. She brought us in this world.

So we owe our whole life to her. Then how can we dedicate to her just one day of the year ? If we want to show our gratitude towards our mother, we should not indulge in such useless celebrations. Rather, we should honour our mothers by serving them.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 2 Mother’s Day

Mother’s Day Central Idea Of The Poem in Hindi

इस कविता में कवि यह विचार प्रस्तुत करना चाहता है कि व्यक्ति द्वारा अपनी मां को पूरे वर्ष में से सिर्फ एक दिन समर्पित करना व्यर्थ है। यह और कुछ नहीं, बल्कि उस मां के प्रति असम्मान प्रकट करना है। मां जीवन के लिए एक वरदान है। वह हमें इस दुनिया में लेकर आई। इसलिए हमारा पूरा जीवन उसका ऋणी है।

फिर हम उसे वर्ष में सिर्फ एक ही दिन कैसे समर्पित कर सकते हैं ? यदि हम अपनी मां के प्रति अपना आभार प्रकट करना चाहते हैं, तो हमें इन व्यर्थ के समारोहों के चक्कर में नहीं पड़ना चाहिए। बल्कि हमें अपनी मांओं का सम्मान उनकी सेवा करके करना चाहिए।

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Prepositions Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

ऐसे शब्द को Preposition कहा जाता है जो स्थान (place), दिशा (direction), साधन (source), विधि (method) आदि का बोध कराने के लिए किसी Noun अथवा Pronoun से पहले लगाया गया हो; जैसे-
In the room; towards the city; through the forest; by all means; into the well; beside me; between us आदि।

The Use Of Some Prepositions

(1) At का प्रयोग छोटे नगरों तथा गांवों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग बड़े नगरों, प्रान्तों और देशों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।

  • Mohan lives at Kathua.
  • She was born at Batote.
  • The last National Games were held in Nagpur.
  • There are many film studios in Mumbai.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(2) On का प्रयोग तिथियों तथा दिनों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग महीनों तथा वर्षों के लिए किया जाता है।
At का प्रयोग Point of Time के लिए किया जाता है।

  • I shall go to Delhi on Sunday.
  • Our examination begins on 24th July.
  • Rains started in July.
  • His grandfather died in 1995.
  • We had tea at 5 o’clock.
  • He came at the right time.

(3) In और At के निम्नलिखित समय-सम्बन्धी प्रयोग याद रखिए
In the morning. At noon In the evening At night
In the afternoon At dawn

(4) Between का प्रयोग दो पुरुषों । स्थानों / वस्तुओं आदि के लिए किया जाता है। Among का प्रयोग दो से अधिक पुरुषों / स्थानों / वस्तुओं आदि के लिए किया जाता है।

  • The two brothers quarrelled between themselves.
  • The three brothers quarrelled among themselves.

(5) In स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है। Into अन्दर की ओर गति (motion) को प्रकट करता है।

  • He was sitting in the room.
  • The fox fell into the well.

(6) On स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है।
Upon ऊपर की ओर गति (motion) को प्रकट करता है।

  • The book is on the table.
  • The cat jumped upon the table.

(7) With उस यन्त्र (instrument) की ओर संकेत करता है जिसका प्रयोग कोई काम करने के लिए किया गया हो। By काम करने वाले (doer) की ओर संकेत करता है।

  • He beat his servant with a stick.
  • The book was written by me.

(8) Beside = निकट, असंगत
Besides = के अतिरिक्त

  • She came and sat beside me.
  • Your answer is beside the mark.
  • I have three other pens besides this.

(9) Since तथा for का प्रयोग Perfect Tense के बाद किया जाता है।
From का प्रयोग किसी भी Tense के बाद किया जा सकता है।
Since और from का प्रयोग point of time के लिए किया जाता है।
For का प्रयोग period of time के लिए किया जाता है।
Since का प्रयोग केवल भूतकाल के सम्बन्ध में ही किया जा सकता है।
From और for का प्रयोग किसी भी काल के लिए किया जा सकता है।

  • He has been ill since Monday last.
  • This timetable has been in force since August.
  • He studied English from the age of ten.
  • This timetable will come in force from Monday.
  • I have been ill for five days.

Words Followed By Appropriate Prepositions

नोट- कई शब्दों के साथ किसी विशेष अर्थ के लिए किसी विशेष Preposition का ही प्रयोग किया जा सकता है। ऐसे शब्द और उनके साथ लगने वाले उपयुक्त Prepositions याद रखने चाहिएं।

1. Abide by (पाबन्द रहना) – We must abide by the rules of the road.
2. Absorbed in (मग्न) – I was absorbed in my work.
3. Abstain from (परहेज़ करना) – We should abstain from drinking.
4. Accede to (मान लेना, स्वीकार कर लेना) – He acceded to my request.
5. Accuse of (दोष लगाना) – He was accused of murder.
6. Act upon (आचरण करना) – He acted upon my advice.
7. Addicted to (बुरी आदत में फँसे होना) – He is addicted to gambling.
8. Admit to (दाखिल करना) – He was admitted to the 9th class.
9. Agree to (स्वीकार करना) – Do you agree to this proposal ?
10. Agree with (सहमत होना) – I agree with you.
11. Alarmed at (चौंक उठना) – We were alarmed at the sight of a lion.
12. Angry with (नाराज़ होना) – He is angry with me.
13. Angry at (नाराज़ होना) – The teacher was angry at your misconduct.
14. Apologize to, for (क्षमा मांगना) – He apologized to me for his rude behaviour.
15. Appeal to, for (प्रार्थना करना) – He appealed to the judge for mercy.
16. Apply to, for (प्रार्थनापत्र देना) – He applied to the headmaster for leave.
17. Approve of (पसन्द करना) – I do not approve of your action.
18. Arrive at (पहुंचना) – He arrived at Jalandhar at six o’clock.
19. Ashamed of (लज्जित होना) – He feels ashamed of his conduct.
20. Assure of (विश्वास दिलाना) – I assure you of my help.
21. Astonished at (हैरान होना) – I was astonished at his failure.
22. Attend on (देखभाल करना) – You should attend on your ailing mother.
23. Attend to (ध्यान देना) – Attend to your lesson.
24. Aware of (सचेत होना) – I am aware of my shortcomings.
25. Believe in (विश्वास करना) – I do not believe in ghosts.
26. Belong to (सम्बन्ध रखना) – He belongs to a rich family.
27. Beware of (सावधान रहना) – Beware of thieves.
28. Bless with (आशीर्वाद देना) – She was blessed with a son.
29. Blind in (अंधा) – He is blind in one eye.
30. Blind to (अपरिचित) – You are blind to your shortcomings.
31. Boast of (शेखी मारना) – Do not boast of your riches.
32. Born in (पैदा होना) – He was born in a poor family.
33. Born of (पैदा होना) – She was born of rich parents.
34. Borrow from (उधार लेना) – I borrowed a book from my friend.
35. Busy with (व्यस्त) – I was busy with my work.
36. Call at (मिलने के लिए जाना) – I called at his house this morning.
37. Call on (बुलाना) – Tomorrow I shall call on you.
38. Call in (बुला कर लाना) – Please call in the doctor at once.
39. Care for (परवाह करना) – He does not care for his studies.
40. Charge with (दोष लगाना) – He was charged with murder.
41. Cling to (चिपटना) – The baby clings to her mother.
42. Collide with (टक्कर खाना) – My cycle collided with a tonga.
43. Compare to (उपमा देना) – We may compare the world to a stage.
44. Compare with (तुलना करना) – Compare Ashoka with Chandragupta.
45. Complain of (शिकायत करना) – He always complains of headache.
46. Complain against, to (शिकायत करना) – I complained against him to the officer.
47. Conscious of (ज्ञान होना) – I am conscious of my shortcomings.
48. Consist of (बना हुआ होना) – The class consists of forty boys.
49. Contented with (सन्तुष्ट होना) – Be contented with your lot.
50. Cure of (स्वस्थ करना) – The doctor cured him of his disease.
51. Deal in (व्यापार करना) – His father deals in cotton.
52. Deal with (व्यवहार करना) – I know how to deal with you.
53. Deprive of (वंचित करना) – He was deprived of his share.
54. Desire for (इच्छा रखना) – I have no desire for name or fame.
55. Die of (मरना) – He died of cholera.
56. Differ from (भिन्न होना) – This pen differs from that.
57. Differ with (सहमत न होना) – I differ with you on this point.
58. Dismiss from (निकाल देना) – He was dismissed from service.
59. Dispose of (बेच देना) – He disposed of his old books.
60. Due to (के कारण) – His success is due to hard work.
61. Eligible for (जो चुना जा सके) — You are not eligible for this post.
62. Engaged in (लगा हुआ) – He is engaged in writing a book.
63. Engage to (सगाई होना) – She is engaged to a doctor.
64. Enquire after (हाल पूछना) – He enquired after my health.
65. Enquire (Inquire) into (पूछताछ करना) – I will enquire into the matter.
66. Excel in (श्रेष्ठ होना) – He excels me in speaking English.
67. Familiar to (परिचित) – His face is familiar to me.
68. Familiar with (परिचित) – I am not familiar with him.
69. Famous for (के लिए प्रसिद्ध) – Ludhiana is famous for hosiery goods.
70. Feed on (निर्वाह करना) – Cows feed on grass.
71. Feel for (अनुभव करना) – We should feel for the poor.
72. Fond of (इच्छुक) – Children are fond of sweets.
73. Full of (भरा हुआ) – The glass is full of milk.
74. Glad at (प्रसन्न) – We are glad at your arrival.
75. Good at (योग्य) – He is good at Mathematics.
76. Grateful to (कृतज्ञ) – I shall be grateful to you for this kindness.
77. Grieve at (दुःखी होना) – He was grieved at his failure.
78. Guilty of (अपराधी) – He was found guilty of theft.
79. Honest in (ईमानदारी) – He is honest in his dealings.
80. Hope for (आशा करना) – Let us hope for better result this time.
81. Ignorant of (अज्ञानता में) – He was ignorant of the facts.
82. Import from (आयात करना) – India imports oil from other countries.
83. Indifferent to (लापरवाह होना) – You are indifferent to your health.
84. Inferior to (घटिया) – This pen is inferior to that.
85. Inform of (सूचना देना) – You did not inform me of his arrival.
86. Injurious to (हानिकारक) – Smoking is injurious to health.
87. Insist on (जिद करना) – He insisted on going with me.
88. Interest in (रुचि) – He has no interest in his studies.
89. Interfere with (दखल देना) – Do not interfere with my work.
90. Introduce to (परिचय कराना) – He introduced me to his friend.
91. Invite to (निमन्त्रण देना) – He invited me to dinner.
92. Jealous of (ईर्ष्यालु) – I am not jealous of his good fortune.
93. Junior to (छोटा) – He is junior to me in service.
94. Knock at (खटखटाना) – Who knocked at the door ?
95. Known to (विदित) – He is known to everybody.
96. Lame in (लंगड़ा) – He is lame in one leg.
97. Laugh at (हंसी उड़ाना) – Do not laugh at the poor.
98. Listen to (ध्यान से सुनना) – Listen to what I say.
99. Live on (गुजारा करना) – He lives on milk and fruit.
100. Long for (इच्छा करना) – I long for happy days.
101. Married to (विवाह होना) – Rama was married to Sita.
102. Match for (मुकाबले का) – Pakistan is no match for India.
103. Negligent in (लापरवाह) – He is negligent in his studies.
104. Notorious for (बदनाम) – He is notorious for gambling.
105. Obedient to (आज्ञाकारी होना) – Be obedient to your teachers.
106. Object to (आपत्ति करना) – He objected to my proposal.
107. Occur to (सूझना) – An idea occurred to me.
108. Part from (जुदा होना) – I was sorry to part from my friends.
109. Part with (जुदा होना) – I cannot part with this book.
110. Pity for (दया) – Have pity for the poor.
111. Pity on (दया) – He took pity on me.
112. Pleased with (प्रसन्न होना) – The teacher is pleased with her.
113. Polite to (नम्र) – Be polite to all.
114. Popular with (लोकप्रिय) – This teacher is popular with the students.
115. Preferable to (अच्छा) – Death is preferable to dishonour.
116. Prefer to (से अच्छा समझना) – I prefer death to dishonour.
117. Pray to (प्रार्थना करना) – I pray to God daily.
118. Prepare for (तैयार होना) – Mohan is preparing for the examination.
119. Preside over (सभापति होना) – Who presided over the meeting?
120. Prevent from (रोकना) – He prevented me from going there.
121. Prey to (शिकार होना) – He fell a prey to drugs.
122. Pride in (अभिमान) – She takes pride in her beauty.
123. Proud of (अभिमानी) – She is proud of her beauty.
124. Recover from (मुक्त होना) – He has recovered from illness.
125. Reduce to (घट जाना) – He was reduced to a skeleton.
126. Regard for (मान) – He has no regard for his teachers.
127. Related to (सम्बन्ध होना) – She is related to me.
128. Rely on (भरोसा रखना) – I rely on your support.
129. Remember to (याद करवाना) – Please remember me to your father.
130. Remind of (याद कराना) – He reminded me of my promise.
131. Repent of (पछताना) – He repented of his folly.
132. Responsible to (उत्तरदायी) – We are responsible to God for our actions.
133. Satisfied with (सन्तुष्ट होना) – I am not satisfied with his work.
134. Search for (तलाश करना) – What are you searching for ?
135. Send for (बुला भेजना) – We sent for the doctor.
136. Shock at (दुःखी होना) – I was shocked at the news of his death.
137. Sick of (तंग आना) – He is sick of his son.
138. Similar to (वैसी ही) – This knife is similar to that.
139. Slow at (सुस्त) – He is slow at Arithmetic.
140. Slow of (सुस्त) – He is slow of understanding.
141. Succeed in (सफल होना) – He succeeded in getting a job.
142. Succeed to (उत्तराधिकारी बनना) – Akbar succeeded to the throne after Humayun’s death.
143. Suffer from (पीड़ित होना) – He suffered from malaria.
144. Superior to (बढ़िया) – My cap is superior to yours.
145. Sure of (विश्वासी) – I am sure of my success.
146. Surprised at (हैरान होना) – I am surprised at your behaviour.
147. Sympathise with (सहानुभूति करना) – Always sympathise with the poor.
148. Talk to (बात करना) – I talked to him about his problem.
149. Taste for (दिलचस्पी) – I have no taste for games.
150. Tired of (तंग हो जाना) – I am tired of this type of life.
151. Tired with (थका हुआ) – I am tired with the day’s work.
152. Trust in (भरोसा करना) – Trust in God and do the right.
153. True to (के प्रति सच्चा होना) – I am true to my friends.
154. Useful for (लाभदायक, किसी उद्देश्य के लिए) – Exercise is useful for health.
155. Useful to (लाभदायक, किसी व्यक्ति के लिए) – This book is very useful to me.
156. Warn of (सचेत करना) – He warned me of the danger.
157. Warn against (चौकन्ना करना) – I warned him against false friends.
158. Wish for (इच्छा करना) – I wish for your success.
159. Worthy of (के योग्य) – I shall try to be worthy of your love.
160. Yield to (झुक जाना) – Never yield to injustice.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

EXERCISE

I. Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.
1. People should abide …………… the norms of society.
2. Students should abstain …………… politics.
3. He was accused …………… making inflammatory speeches.
4. He was acquitted …………… corruption charges.
5. It is not easy to adapt oneself ……………. an alien culture.
6. Children are getting addicted …………. cartoon programmes.
7. He is determined to adhere ……………. his convictions.
8. His grandfather is afflicted …………… arthritis.
9. He aimed the punch …………… my nose.
10. Hypocrisy is alien ……………. his nature.
Answer:
1. by
2. from
3. of
4. of
5. to
6. to
7. to
8. with
9. at
10. to.

II. 1. She was born …………… cultivated parents.
2. Several people burst ………………. spontaneous tears on hearing about the Columbia disaster.
3. She wastes a lot of her time in brooding …………… her past.
4. He was charged …………… neglecting his duty in the battlefield.
5. It is not easy to find a person one can confide ………..
6. Parents who connive ………….. the faults of their children spoil them.
7. She was convicted …………… making a false statement.
8. These conditions are not conducive ………….. the healthy development of a child.
9. She was deaf ……………. his plea for forgiveness.
10. A totalitarian regime deprives its people ……………. their civil rights.
Answer:
1. to
2. into
3. over
4. with
5. in
6. at
7. of
8. to
9. to
10. of.

Miscellaneous Exercise (Based On The Textbook)

Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

I. 1. Sudha Murthy was surprised to be called …………. the interview.
2. Life was full ……….. fun and joy.
3. I saw an advertisement ……………. the noticeboard.
4. They have cared for higher education in India …………. 1900.
5. I was taken aback ……….. the telegram.
6. Sudha fell ………. love with the beautiful city.
7. There were six people ………. the panel.
8. I was transferred ……….. Mumbai in June 1999.
9. She hobbled ………… the house in spotless white with one hand resting on her waist.
10. She carried several stale chapattis ……….. her for the village dogs.
11. That was a turning point ………….. our friendship.
12. She took ……… feeding sparrows in the courtyard of our city house.
13. She could not help me ……….. my lessons.
14. She lay peacefully …………. bed praying and telling her beads.
15. A peaceful pallor spread ……………. her face.
Answer:
1. for
2. of
3. on
4. since
5. by
6. in
7. on
8. to
9. about
10. with
11. in
12. to
13. with
14. in
15. on.

II. 1. She had done better than most ………… her male peers.
2. Her face was a criss-cross ……….. wrinkles.
3. She used to get up ……….. the morning and get me ready …….. school.
4. He rules ……….. a vast empire.
5. I never bothered ……… learn the prayer.
6. The driver jumped ………. of the car.
7. Studies pass ……….. the character.
8. Many a learned professor took part ………. the conference.
9. Your reply must be exact and ………… the point.
10. Discipline is a restraint ……………… liberty.
11. Discipline should not be imposed ……… physical violence and fear.
12. If you hold a position of authority, you must impose discipline yourself first.
13. You cannot have liberty ………. discipline.
14. We think more …………. liberty than ……… responsibility.
15. History teaches us the need ……………. a disciplined living.
Answer:
1. of
2. of
3. in, for
4. over
5. to
6. out
7. into
8. in
9. to
10. on
11. by
12. on
13. without
14. of, of
15. of.

III. 1. Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam has three visions …….. India.
2. Indians have never tried to enforce their way of life ………. others.
3. India must stand up …………. the world.
4. India is first ……….. milk production.
5. We are ………. the top five nations of the world in terms of GDP.
6. Her lips constantly moved ………… an inaudible prayer.
7. Do we realize that self-respect comes ……… self-reliance ?
8. I came here the day ……………. yesterday.
9. Everything in this store is ………….. sale.
10. We expect the government to do everything ………… us.
11. Let’s do what our country needs ………….. us.
12. Our conscience is mortgaged …………. money.
13. Discipline is unavoidable …………… a modern man.
14. India got its first vision ………… Freedom in 1857.
15. The earth is a treasure we hold ………… trust for our descendants.
Answer:
1. for
2. on
3. to
4. in
5. among
6. in
7. with
8. before
9. for
10. for
11. from
12. to
13. for
14. of
15. in.

IV. 1. India has made wonderful success ……….. many fields.
2. Kalam refers to our obsession …………. foreign goods.
3. We are in the habit of finding fault ………… the government.
4. Major Som Nath Sharma was honoured ……………. the Param Vir Chakra.
5. Trust …………… God and do what is right.
6. I wear a ring ………… my finger.
7. We believe …………… freedom to think.
8. A man becomes a gentleman only ……….. overcoming his weakness.
9. Globalisation leads to a better understanding ……….. nations.
10. Man has always been …………. the fear of wars.
11. The United Nations was founded ………….. the name of common people.
12. They have to survive …………. very little income.
13. Half of the human race is living ………. poverty.
14. Internal wars result ………. unfair distribution of power and wealth in a country.
15. Som Nath Sharma’s right hand was ……… plaster.
Answer:
1. in
2. with
3. with
4. with
5. in
6. on
7. in
8. by / after
9. among
10. in
11. in
12. on
13. in
14. from
15. in.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

V. 1. Major Thapa and his men inflicted heavy losses …….. the enemy.
2. Abdul Hamid was enrolled ………… the grenadiers Infantry Regiment in 1954.
3. He was badly wounded ………… a highly explosive shell.
4. Vikram Batra soon rose ………… the rank of Captain.
5. He was given the task ……….. recapturing Point 5140.
6. They hurled two grenades ………….. the machine gun post.
7. Captain Vikram alone killed three enemy soldiers ……… close combat.
8. Major Som Nath’s company was sent to Badgam in Kashmir …………… a fighting patrol.
9. Water is the basis ……….. all life.
10. By cutting ………….. our forests, we have disturbed the water cycle.
11. Water bodies add ………… the beauty of nature.
12. Eyes reflect the state ………….. human mind.
13. Many people had fled ……….. Hiroshima.
14. It was built …………. the delta of the river Ota.
15. Absolute silence reigned …………. the whole city.
Answer:
1. on
2. into
3. by
4. to
5. of
6. at
7. in
8. on
9. of
10. down
11. to
12. of
13. from
14. on
15. in.

VI. 1. A new war would leave nothing worthy ……….. mention.
2. Force is not a solution ……….. man’s problems.
3. Too much has been destroyed …………. this war.
4. They were deeply moved ………. seeing those photographs.
5. They were writhing ……….. agony because of the unbearable pain of their burns.
6. Trees went ………. in flames.
7. There was left nothing ………….. burn.
8. Barb continued writing ………….. Malcolm.
9. An emergency operation was performed ………… Malcolm.
10. Malcolm called …………. to Barb in a weak tone.
11. He received from Barb a proposal ………….. marriage.
12. They went …………. a hiking trip to Balu Pass.
13. Malcolm thought there was no time ………… fear.
14. His one knee-cap was torn …………. .
15. What he saw ……………. the mirror made him sick.
Answer:
1. of
2. to
3. in
4. on
5. in
6. up
7. to
8. to
9. on
10. out
11. for
12. on
13. for
14. off
15. in.

Exercises From Grammar Book (Fully Solved)

Exercise 1
Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. The show will be over ………. 5 p.m.
2. His interview will be held ……….. Monday, 30th October.
3. Two boys quarrelled ………. the teacher had gone.
4. The new session starts ………. April.
5. They have been living here ……….. 2009.
6. We were at Shimla ……… Monday ………. Friday.
7. The hockey match was played ………. 1 p.m. ……….. 2.20 p.m.
8. They met only ……….. thirty minutes.
9. The train arrives ……….. 11 o’clock sharp.
10. Our shop opens ………. weekdays only.
Answer:
1. by
2. on
3. after
4. in
5. since
6. from, to
7. from, to
8. for
9. at
10. on.

Exercise 2
Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. He stays ……….. Karol Bagh.
2. He spent his early life ……….. India.
3. He made his son sit ……… him and his friend on the bike.
4. Manav was sitting ……….. his mother.
5. He distributed the toffees ……….. all the children.
6. He was hiding ……….. a big board.
7. We stood ……….. the Sun Temple for a while to admire its beauty.
8. My cat was resting ……….. the table.
9. A big statue of Mahatma Gandhi has been placed ……… the Gandhi Museum.
10. The papers were scattered ………. the floor.
Answer:
1. at
2. in
3. between
4. beside
5. among
6. behind
7. in front of
8. under
9. in front of
10. on.

Exercise 3
Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. We were on our way ……….. school.
2. Winter vacations start ……….. 25th December.
3. The axe fell ……….. the canal.
4. They were running ……….. the beach.
5. Our school is ………. the temple.
6. The wheel went ……….. .
7. He will have to pay ……….. his nose.
8. We must face the challenge ………. courage.
9. You must learn the lesson ………. heart.
10. He threw the packet ……….. the wall.
Answer:
1. to
2. on
3. into
4. along
5. near
6. off
7. through
8. with
9. by
10. over.

Exercise 4
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. I was surprised ………. the contents of the notice.
2. He sat ……….. the sofa.
3. She was looking forward ………. your proposal.
4. The cat jumped ……….. the table.
5. I fell ……….. love with the picturesque beauty of Darjeeling.
6. Sudha was not afraid ……….. challenges.
7. Gulmohars were scattered all ……….. the fields.
8. The rat ran ……….. its hole.
9. I saw the advertisement ……… the Sunday newspaper.
10. She was transferred out ……….. Mumbai.
Answer:
1. at
2. on
3. to
4. upon
5. in
6. of
7. over
8. into
9. in
10. from.

Exercise 5
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. We walked ………. the park.
2. He lives ………. India.
3. My grandfather’s portrait hung ……….. the mantelpiece.
4. His cat was sitting ……….. the table.
5. Grandmother’s lips constantly moved ……….. prayers.
6. I was left alone …….. my village.
7. Her face was covered ………. her silver locks.
8. My school was attached ………. the village temple.
9. She used to sit ………. the temple till my school finished.
10. She hobbled ……….. the house with a stick in her hand.
Answer:
1. to / into
2. in
3. over
4. under
5. in
6. at / in
7. by
8. to
9. in
10. about.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Exercise 6
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. I used to get up early ……….. the morning.
2. A brisk walk is best ……….. the heart.
3. Some books are ……… be tasted, while others are to be read ……… parts.
4. You should not take things ………. granted.
5. Some students were reading books ………. the library.
6. Books serve ………. delight and ornament.
7. He is good ………. studies.
8. We will be free ……….. the end of the day.
9. Francis Bacon wrote an essay ……….. the importance of studies.
Answer:
1. in
2. for
3. to, in
4. for
5. in
6. for
7. at
8. at / by
9. on.

Exercise 7
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. The children climbed ……….. the wall.
2. We watched the match ……… a big screen.
3. He answered some ……….. the questions only.
4. Wasan was admitted ……….. the class.
5. We must pray ……….. God.
6. I have no interest ………. games.
7. Kalam had three visions ……….. India.
8. I believe ……….. equality.
9. Discipline is important ……….. success.
10. He was worried ……….. the results of the competition.
Answer:
1. up
2. on
3. of
4. to
5. to
6. in
7. for
8. in
9. for
10. about.

Exercise 8
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. He was moving ……….. the stage.
2. Kalam would not rest ………. he achieved his aim.
3. The students stood ……… the Taj for some time to admire its beauty.
4. We remained seated ………. the entire performance.
5. Self-respect comes ……….. self-reliance.
6. I could see only his head ………. the water.
7. I parked my car exactly ……….. the bridge.
8. I waited for him ……….. 5.00 p.m. and then left for my walk.
9. Cubs were jostling ……….. each other.
10. We should wash our hands ………. the meals.
Answer:
1. towards
2. till
3. in front of
4. through
5. from
6. above
7. under
8. till
9. with
10. before.

Exercise 9
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. I have been waiting for you ……… 11.00 a.m.
2. He has been visiting our place ………. many weeks now.
3. They have lived here ……….. 2015.
4. You must learn ……….. stand ………. yourself.
5. The meeting was held ……….. 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
6. He got a deep cut ……….. his right hand.
7. Both the vehicles collided …….. each other.
8. The plane flew ……….. the fields.
9. Children generally quarrel ………. themselves over trifles.
10. India is ………. the top five nations of the world.
Answer:
9. 1. since
2. for
3. since
4. to, for
5. from
6. on
7. against
8. over
9. among
10. among.

Exercise 10
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. His car knocked ………. the pillar and overturned.
2. The crowd pressed ……….. the gate.
3. Captain Vikram Batra stormed ………. the enemy.
4. Major Som Nath Sharma laid down his life ………. the nation.
5. Indian troops were airlifted ……….. Srinagar.
6. Flying Officer Nirmaljit exposed himself ……….. danger.
7. The aeroplane flew ……….. the clouds.
8. Indian soldiers displayed highest bravery ……….. the battle.
9. Captain Batra led his company ……….. victory.
10. Our soldiers inflicted heavy casualties ………. the enemy.
Answer:
10. 1. against
2. against
3. at
4. for
5. from / to
6. to
7. over / under
8. in
9. to
10. on.

Exercise 11
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. We can see ……….. clear water.
2. We should leave the natural resources ……….. future generations.
3. Rivers have been flowing ……….. ages.
4. Forests are essential ……….. human life too.
5. Saving our environment is the need ……….. the hour.
6. Many parts of Punjab are on the verge ………. becoming a desert.
7. Many cities were developed ……… the banks of rivers.
8. Man has always longed ……….. the imaginary elixir of life.
9. We must take steps ………. preserve it.
10. People should be educated ……….. the adverse effects of globalization.
Answer:
1. through
2. for
3. for
4. for
5. of
6. of
7. on
8. for
9. to
10. about.

Exercise 12
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. U.S. forces dropped atomic bombs …….. Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
2. A soldier renders selfless service ………. his nation.
3. Violence is not a solution ……… any problem.
4. Man must learn ………. love.
5. Many animals hunt ………. night.
6. I requested the commander ……….. explain the situation of the patients.
7. I waited ……….. the doctor.
8. ……. attending to the patients, he gave them medicines also.
9. General Fitch took ……….. his glasses after reading the telegram.
10. The nurse was attending ………. the sick people.
Answer:
1. on
2. to
3. to
4. to
5. at
6. to
7. for
8. While
9. off
10. on.

Exercise 13
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Malcolm was walking ………. a creek.
2. He saw the grizzly ……… a distance of a few yards.
3. The grizzly pounced ……….. Barb.
4. Malcolm was standing ……… the grizzly and Barb.
5. She kept slipping ……….. the ice.
6. Grizzly grabbed him ………. both hands.
7. She squeezed him ………. her chest.
8. Barb burst ……….. tears.
9. There was no time ……….. fear.
10. Barb did not give ………. on Malcolm.
Answer:
1. along
2. at
3. on
4. between
5. on
6. with
7. against
8. into
9. for
10. up.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Exercise 14
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Nobody warned us ………. the dangers of pollution.
2. He never thought I would be ready ……….. the challenge.
3. The new law prohibits us ……….. drinking while driving.
4. Will you wait ………… your turn ?
5. The teacher handed ……….. the answer sheets ……… the students.
6. The Prime Minister was very keen ……… reforms.
7. BMW has recalled many cars because ………. some technical fault.
8. The policeman was walking ………. the street at night.
9. People of India know how ……….. welcome a guest.
10. Swami Vivekananda influenced millions of people ………. the world.
Answer:
1. aganist
2. for
3. from
4. for
5. ovet, to
6. on
7. of
8. on/about
9. to
10. around.

Exercise 15
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. He was looking ……….. the board.
2. The haze prevented me ……… seeing the train.
3. She complained ……….. headache.
4. I could not agree ………. his proposal.
5. There is no exception ………. the rules of traffic.
6. They fought ……….. the last round.
7. Swami’s father was shocked ………. his behaviour.
8. I insist ………. his speaking the truth.
9. He was sorry ………. the delay.
10. My friend is a professor ………. profession.
Answer:
1. at
2. from
3. of
4. to
5. to
6. till
7. at
8. on
9. for
10. by.

Exercise 16
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Children are generally fond ………. laddoos.
2. A drowning man catches ……….. a straw.
3. We are now ………. good terms with each other.
4. He has not come to my house ……….. many days.
5. It is difficult ……….. convince him.
6. He knew that he was ……….. fault.
7. Maharana Pratap fought tooth and nail ……….. the Mughals.
8. Shivaji fought ……… his motherland.
9. He fell a victim ……….. drinking. 10. Her voice is familiar ………. me.
Answer:
1. of
2. at
3. on
4. for
5. to
6. at
7. against
8. for
9. to
10. to.

Exercise 17
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. The child was clinging ……….. his mother.
2. He wrote a letter ……….. his friend.
3. She closed the door ……….. him.
4. Always be kind ……….. children.
5. I am pleased ……….. her.
6. Write ……….. ink.
7. I don’t care a fig ……….. him.
8. He ran short ……….. money.
9. We haven’t met ………. last week.
10. Her efforts were rewarded ………. success.
Answer:
1. to
2. to
3. upon / after
4. to
5. with
6. in
7. for
8. of
9. since
10. with.

Exercise 18
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. This book is superior ……….. that.
2. I congratulated her ……….. her success.
3. He will deliver the mail ………. you.
4. The postman delivered the letter ……….. my home.
5. The man was leaning ……….. the wall.
6. I will get ………. the difficulties.
7. I wished him a speedy recovery ……….. illness.
8. She takes pride ………. her beauty.
9. My office is opposite ……….. the post office.
10. I never exempted him ……….. class.
Answer:
1. to
2. on
3. to
4. at
5. against
6. over
7. from
8. in
9. to
10. from.

Exercise 19
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. She belongs ……….. a poor family.
2. Beware ………. stray dogs.
3. One should never boast ……… one’s knowledge.
4. He appealed ……….. the public for keeping the area clean.
5. My bed is made ……… teak wood.
6. I was not angry ……….. her.
7. Mr. Verma is sure ……….. his success.
8. He was anxious ……….. his son’s safety.
9. He believes ……….. fair dealing.
10. I solved the problem ………. any difficulty.
Answer:
1. to
2. of
3. of
4. to
5. of
6. with
7. of
8. about
9. in
10. without.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Exercise 20
Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. We go to office ……….. our official car.
2. He works in the factory ……… 8.30 a.m. ………. 4.30. p.m.
3. The boy hid himself ………. the tree.
4. He was found sleeping ……….. the class.
5. His mobile fell ……….. the water tank.
6. Sweets were distributed ………. the street children.
7. There is a cinema hall in front ………. his office.
8. The river is flowing ……… the danger mark.
9. Always hope ……… the best.
10. Always be positive ………. life.
Answer:
1. by
2. from, to
3. behind
4. in
5. into
6. among
7. of
8. above
9. for
10. in.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Question 1.
The poet describes a bitter-sweet moment. Why is the moment ‘bitter sweet’ ?
Answer:
The poet was in a sweet mood and was filled with pleasant thoughts. Since extremes always meet, the pleasant thoughts led the poet to sad thoughts. This is the reason why the moment described in the poem is bitter-sweet.

कवि बहुत अच्छे मूड में था और उसका मन सुहावने विचारों से भरा हुआ था। क्योंकि चरम सीमाएं हमेशा मिलती हैं, इसलिए सुहावने विचार कवि के मन में उदासी वाले विचार भी ले आए। यही कारण है कि कविता में वर्णन किया गया वह पल खट्टा-मीठा है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Question 2.
Write a few lines about the simplicity of the language used in the poem, ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’.
Answer:
Wordsworth’s poetry is straightforward and simple. He has written his poems in plain words from everyday speech. In this poem also, he has used words from the common man’s language. Through the use of simple language, he has made the scenes, described in the poem, seem real to the readers.

वर्डजवर्थ का काव्य सीधा और सरल होता है। उसने अपनी कविताएं आम बोलचाल की भाषा के सरल शब्दों में लिखी हैं। इस कविता में भी उसने ऐसे शब्दों का प्रयोग किया है जो आम आदमी की भाषा से हैं। सरल भाषा के प्रयोग से उसने कविता में वर्णित दृश्यों को अपने पाठकों के लिए वास्तविक के जैसा बना दिया है।

Question 3.
What abilities, according to the poet, does nature have ?
Answer:
According to the poet, the nature has the ability to give joy and beauty. It provides beauty to the man’s eyes and it gives joy to his soul. It fills all its creations with joy and beauty. In fact, nature has the cure of all human ills.

कवि के अनुसार प्रकृति के पास प्रसन्नता तथा सुन्दरता प्रदान करने की योग्यता है। यह मनुष्य की आंखों को सुन्दरता प्रदान करती है तथा उसकी आत्मा को प्रसन्नता प्रदान करती है। यह अपनी सभी रचनाओं को प्रसन्नता तथा सुन्दरता से भर देती है। वास्तव में, प्रकृति के पास मनुष्य की सभी बीमारियों का उपचार है।

Question 4.
What does the poet lament about ?
Answer:
The poet thinks that all objects of nature were full of pleasure. Man was also meant to be a part of nature. He could be happy like the various objects of nature. But man separated himself from nature. Now he has made himself unhappy by running after material things. It grieves the poet much to think what man has made of man.

कवि सोचता है कि प्रकृति के सब पदार्थ खुशी से भरे हुए थे। मनुष्य को भी प्रकृति के एक हिस्से के रूप में बनाया गया था। वह कुदरत के भिन्न-भिन्न पदार्थों के समान खुश रह सकता था। लेकिन मनुष्य ने खुद को प्रकृति से अलग कर लिया। अब उसने भौतिक चीज़ों के पीछे दौड़-दौड़ कर खुद को दु:खी कर लिया है। यह सोचकर कवि को बहुत दुःख होता है कि मनुष्य ने अपना क्या हाल बना रखा है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Question 5.
How does the poet glorify nature ?
Answer:
According to the poet, nature is not something dead and lifeless. He thinks of nature as something living with a spirit of its own. And he believes that nature everywhere is beautiful and full of joy. He finds music in the different sounds of nature. He finds beauty in the different sights of nature. That is the reason why he talks of flowers as dancing in the breeze.

He talks of waves as jumping in pleasure. He talks of the tree branches as spreading their arms. In this poem, he expresses his attitude towards nature in very clear words. He says And it’s my faith that every flower Enjoys the air it breathes.’

कवि के अनुसार प्रकृति कोई निर्जीव या मृत वस्तु नहीं है। वह प्रकृति के विषय में ऐसा सोचता है कि वह एक ऐसी चीज़ है जिसमें स्वयं की एक आत्मा है। और उसका विश्वास है कि प्रत्येक स्थान पर प्रकृति सुन्दर है तथा प्रसन्नता से भरपूर है। वह प्रकृति की विभिन्न आवाजों में मधुर संगीत पाता है। प्रकृति के विभिन्न दृश्यों में उसे सुन्दरता नज़र आती है।

इसी कारण से वह फूलों के विषय में यह कहता है कि वे मंद पवन में नाच रहे हैं। वह लहरों के विषय में यह कहता है कि वे प्रसन्नता से उछल रही हैं। वह वृक्ष की डालों के विषय में कहता है कि वे अपनी बांहें फैला रही हैं और इस कविता में वह प्रकृति के प्रति अपनी भावना को बहुत स्पष्ट शब्दों में प्रकट करता है। वह कहता है ‘और मेरा विश्वास है कि प्रत्येक फूल आनन्द लेता है, उस हवा का जिसमें सांस लेता है यह।’

Question 6.
Give an example of personification of nature in this poem.
Answer:
“To her fair works did Nature link……

Question 7.
Give the central idea of the poem, ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’.
Answer:
The central idea of the poem is that man’s separation from Nature is the only cause of all ills and worries. Man has become greedy for material things. He has no peace of mind. He must go back to Nature if he wants to regain his lost happiness.

He should develop true love for Nature. He should accept Nature as his friend and guide. Only then can he be happy again. He can be as happy and carefree as Nature herself is. Such was Wordsworth’s firm belief and also Nature’s holy plan.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Question 8.
Add more words that rhyme with the rhyming words given below :
Answer:

  • Reclined, mind, find, rewind.
  • Link, think, sink, stink.
  • Measure, pleasure, treasure, leisure.
  • Sent, lament, tent, cement.

Important Stanzas For Comprehension

Note : A complete Answer Key has been given at the end of the stanzas.

Stanza 1

I heard a thousand blended notes,
While in a grove I sate reclined,
In that sweet mood when pleasant thoughts
Bring sad thoughts to the mind.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. Where is the poet sitting ?
3. What does he hear?
4. Give the rhyme scheme of the given stanza.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’ and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. He is sitting in a grove.
3. He hears numberless sweet sounds. They are as sweet as the harmonious notes of music.
4. abab.

Stanza 2.

To her fair works did Nature link
The human soul that through me ran;
And much it grieved my heart to think
What man has made of man.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. What are the fair works of nature referred to in this stanza ?
3. Why is the poet grieved ?
4. Write the figure of speech used in the following line :
“To her fair works did Nature link.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’ and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. ‘Fair works’ means the various beautiful objects in the world of Nature.
3. The poet is grieved to think what man has made of man.
4. Personification.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Stanza 3.

Through primrose tufts, in that green bower,
The periwinkle traiļd its wreaths;
And tis my faith that every flower
Enjoys the air it breathes.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. What type of flower is primrose ?
3. Where did the poet see the periwinkle ?
4. Give the words that rhyme in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. ‘Primrose’ is a wild plant that has pale flowers in spring.
3. He saw the periwinkle trailing through the primrose tufts.
4. (bower – flower) ; (wreaths — breathes).

Stanza 4.

The birds around me hoppd and play’d,
Their thoughts I cannot measure
But the least motion which they made
It seem’d thrill of pleasure.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. What were the birds doing?
3. Could the poet know the thoughts of the birds ?
4. Give the rhyme scheme of the given stanza.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’ and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. The birds were hopping around the poet.
3. No, the poet could not know the thoughts of the birds because there was no channel of communication between them.
4. abab.

Stanza 5.

The budding twigs spread out their fan
To catch the breezy air;
And I must think, do all I can,
That there was pleasure there.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. What was there on the branches of the trees?
3. What were the budding twigs doing?
4. Which figure of speech is used in the very first line of the given stanza ?
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’ and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. There were delicate buds and blossoms on the branches of the trees.
3. The fresh twigs of the trees were sprouting forth their leaves. It appeared as if they were trying to catch the gentle wind.
4. Personification.

Stanza 6.

If this belief from heaven be sent,
If such be Nature’s holy plan,
Have I not reason to lament
What Man has made of Man ?

Questions
1. Give the name of the poem and the poet.
2. What ‘belief’ is the poet talking about ?
3. What is the holy plan of nature, according to the poet ?
4. Write down the figure of speech used in the following line :
‘What Man has made of Man’.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is ‘Lines Written in Early Spring’ and the name of the poet is William Wordsworth.
2. Here the poet it talking about the belief that there is a close relationship between man and nature.
3. It is nature’s holy plan that all her creations should live in peace and harmony.
4. Alliteration.

Lines Written in Early Spring Poem Summary in English

Lines Written in Early Spring Introduction:

Wordsworth was a great lover of Nature. He found in nature the cure of all human ills. He thought that separation from nature was the only cause of modern man’s unhappiness. Man leads an artificial life in cities. He lives away from the beauties of nature.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

He is caught in the rat-race of earning and spending. In this poem, he expresses his joy at the sight of beautiful objects of nature. But the thought of man’s misery makes him sad. He thinks that man is himself responsible for the misery. He can get back his joys by returning to nature.

Lines Written in Early Spring Summary in English:

It was early spring. The poet was sitting in a grove. He was resting there. He heard numberless sweet sounds. They were as sweet as the harmonious notes of music. These sweet sounds filled the poet’s mind with pleasant thoughts.

By a natural transition, these sweer thoughts led the poet to the realm of sad thoughts. The same soul runs through man and nature. There is a close relationship between man and nature. Nature gave the same soul to man and her fair works.

But it pained the poet much to see what man has made of man. In other words, man’s separation from nature grieved the poet’s heart. This very separation, according to the poet, was the cause of all ills in the world of man.

The poet saw a creeper of periwinkle trailing through the branches of primrose. He believed that all objects of nature are living things. They are full of joy and beauty everywhere. It was his firm faith that every flower enjoys the air it breathes.

The birds were hopping around the poet. They were playing joyfully. The poet could not gauge the thoughts in their hearts. But their frolics showed that they were immensely happy. The least motion which they made was an expression of joy.

There were delicate buds and blossoms on the branches of the trees. The branches with their leaves looked like spread-out fans. It appeared as if they were trying to catch the gentle wind. The poet could not but think that the trees and plants were also enjoying themselves. The poet thought that his belief in nature as a living reality was sent by heaven.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

It was nature’s holy plan that all creatures should live in peace and harmony. There is a spiritual relationship between man and the beautiful objects of nature. But man has separated himself from nature. That is why he is unhappy. The poet says that his lament over man’s miserable fate is justified since it is of man’s own making.

Lines Written in Early Spring Poem Summary in Hindi

Lines Written in Early Spring Introduction:

वर्डजवर्थ प्रकृति का बहुत बड़ा प्रेमी था। उसे प्रकृति में मनुष्य की सभी बीमारियों का अर्थात् बुराइयों का इलाज नज़र आता था। वह समझता था कि प्रकृति से खुद को अलग कर लेना आधुनिक मनुष्य के दुःख का एकमात्र कारण था। मनुष्य शहरों में एक बनावटी जीवन गुजारता है। वह प्रकृति की सुन्दरता से दूर रहता है।

वह कमाने और खर्च करने की भाग-दौड़ में फँसा रहता है। इस कविता में वह प्रकृति के सुन्दर नज़ारों पर अपनी खुशी व्यक्त करता है। परन्तु मनुष्य के दुःखों के बारे में सोच कर वह उदास हो जाता है। उसका विचार है कि मनुष्य अपने दुःखों के लिए खुद ज़िम्मेदार है। वह प्रकृति की गोद में वापस जा कर अपनी खुशियाँ फिर से प्राप्त कर सकता है।

Lines Written in Early Spring Summary in Hindi

बसन्त ऋतु के आरम्भ का समय था। कवि एक वृक्ष-वाटिका में बैठा हुआ था। वह वहां विश्राम कर रहा था। उसने अनगिनत मधुर आवाजें सुनीं। ये आवाजें इतनी मधुर थीं जितने संगीत की सुरीले सुर होते हैं। इन मधुर आवाज़ों ने कवि के मन में मीठे विचार भर दिये।

एक स्वाभाविक परिवर्तन के द्वारा मीठे विचार कवि को कुछ दुःख भरी बातों की याद की ओर ले गये। मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति में एक ही आत्मा निवास करती है। मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति में एक घनिष्ठ सम्बन्ध है। प्रकृति ने मनुष्य को तथा अपनी सुन्दर रचनाओं को एक जैसी आत्मा दी हुई है।

किन्तु यह देख कर कवि को बहुत दुःख हुआ कि मनुष्य ने अपना क्या हाल बना लिया है। अन्य शब्दों में, प्रकृति से मनुष्य के अलग होने को देख कर कवि के दिल को बहुत दुःख पहुंचा। कवि के अनुसार, यही अलग होना ही मानव संसार में सभी बुराइयों तथा दुःखों का कारण है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

कवि ने पेरीविन्कल की सदाबहार बेल को बसन्ती फूलों वाले पौधे के गुच्छों के बीचों-बीच ज़मीन के साथ-साथ बल खाते हुए और फैले हुए देखा। उसका यह विश्वास था कि प्रकृति की सभी वस्तुएं जीवित पदार्थ हैं। वे सभी जगह खुशी तथा सुन्दरता से भरी हुई हैं। उसे यह पक्का विश्वास था कि प्रत्येक फूल उस हवा से आनन्द प्राप्त करता है जिसमें यह श्वास लेता है। कवि के इर्द-गिर्द पक्षी फुदक रहे थे। वे खुशी से खेल रहे थे।

कवि उनके मन के विचारों को जान न सका। किन्तु उनकी हरकतों से यह पता चलता था कि वे अति प्रसन्न थे। उनकी प्रत्येक छोटी-छोटी हरकत खुशी की सूचक प्रतीत होती थी। पेड़ों की टहनियों के ऊपर कोमल-कोमल कोपलें और फूल थे। पत्तों से भरी टहनियां ऐसे लगती थीं मानो उन्होंने अपने पंख बिखेर रखे हों।

ऐसा प्रतीत होता था मानो वे मधुर पवन को पकड़ने का यत्न कर रही हों। कवि यह सोचे बिना न रह सका कि पेड़ तथा पौधे भी आनन्द मना रहे थे। कवि का विचार था कि उसका यह विश्वास कि प्रकृति एक जीवित वास्तविकता है, ईश्वर द्वारा ही दिया गया था और इसीलिए सच्चा था।

प्रकृति की यह पवित्र योजना थी कि सभी जीव शान्ति से तथा मित्रता से रहें। मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति के सुंदर पदार्थों के बीच एक आत्मिक सम्बन्ध होता है। किन्तु मनुष्य ने स्वयं को प्रकृति से अलग कर लिया है। यही कारण है कि वह दुःखी है। कवि कहता है कि मनुष्य की दयनीय स्थिति पर उसका विलाप करना उचित है क्योंकि यह मनुष्य ने स्वयं बनाई है।

Lines Written in Early Spring Poem Translation in Hindi

(Lines 1-4)

I heard a thousand blended notes,
While in a grove I sate reclined,
In that sweet mood when pleasant thoughts
Bring sad thoughts to the mind.

Explanation : It was early spring. The poet was sitting in a grove. He was resting there. He heard numberless sweet sounds. They were as sweet as the harmonious notes of music. These sweet sounds filled the poet’s mind with pleasant thoughts. By a natural transition, these sweet thoughts led the poet to the realm of sad thoughts.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

बसन्त ऋतु के आरम्भ का समय था। कवि एक वृक्ष-वाटिका में बैठा हुआ था। वह वहां विश्राम कर रहा था। उसने अनगिनत मधुर आवाजें सुनीं। ये इतनी मधुर थीं जितनी संगीत के सुरीले सुर होते हैं। इन मधुर आवाज़ों ने कवि के मन में मीठे विचार भर दिये। एक स्वाभाविक परिवर्तन के द्वारा मीठे विचार कवि को कुछ दुःख भरी बातों की याद की ओर ले गये।

(Lines 5-8)

To her fair works did Nature link
The human soul that through me ran;
And much it grieved my heart to think
What man has made of man.

Explanation :
The same soul runs through man and nature. There is a close relationship between man and nature. Nature gave the same soul to man and her fair works. But it pained the poet much to see what man has made of man. In other words, man’s separation from nature grieved the poet’s heart. This very separation, according to the poet, was the cause of all ills in the world of man.

मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति में एक ही आत्मा निवास करती है। मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति में एक घनिष्ठ सम्बन्ध है। प्रकृति ने मनुष्य को तथा अपनी सुन्दर रचनाओं को एक जैसी आत्मा दी हुई है। किन्तु यह देख कर कवि को बहुत दुःख हुआ कि मनुष्य ने अपना क्या हाल बना लिया है। अन्य शब्दों में, प्रकृति से मनुष्य के अलग होने को देख कर कवि के दिल को बहुत दुःख पहुंचा। कवि के अनुसार, यह अलग होना ही मानव संसार में सभी बुराइयों तथा दुःखों का कारण है।

(Lines 9-12)

Through primrose tufts, in that green bower.
The periwinkle trailed its wreaths;
And ’tis my faith that every flower
Enjoys the air it breathes.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Explanation : The poet saw a creeper of periwinkle trailing through the branches of primrose. He believed that all objects of nature are living things. They are full of joy and beauty everywhere. It was his firm faith that every flower enjoys the air it breathes.

कवि ने पेरीविन्कल की सदाबहार बेल को बसन्ती फूलों वाले पौधे के गुच्छों के बीचों-बीच ज़मीन के साथसाथ बल खाते हुए और फैले हुए देखा। उसका यह विश्वास था कि प्रकृति की सभी वस्तुएं जीवित पदार्थ हैं। वे सभी जगह खुशी तथा सुन्दरता से भरी हुई हैं। उसे यह पक्का विश्वास था कि प्रत्येक फूल उस हवा से आनन्द प्राप्त करता है जिसमें यह श्वास लेता है।

(Lines 13-16)

The birds around me hopp’d and play’d,
Their thoughts I cannot measure —
But the least motion which they made,
It seemed a thrill of pleasure.

Explanation : The birds were hopping around the poet. They were playing joyfully. The poet could not gauge the thoughts in their hearts. But their frolics showed that they were immensely happy. The least motion which they made was an expression of joy.

कवि के इर्द-गिर्द पक्षी फुदक रहे थे। वे खुशी से खेल रहे थे। कवि उनके मन के विचारों को जान न सका। किन्तु उनकी हरकतों से यह पता चलता था कि वे अति प्रसन्न थे। उनकी प्रत्येक छोटी-छोटी हरकत खुशी की सूचक प्रतीत होती थी।

(Lines 17-20)

The budding twigs spread out their fan
To catch the breezy air;
And I must think, do all I can,
That there was pleasure there.

Explanation : There were delicate buds and blossoms on the branches of the trees. The branches with their leaves looked like spread-out fans. It appeared as if they were trying to catch the gentle wind. The poet could not but think that the trees and plants were also enjoying themselves.

पेड़ों की टहनियों के ऊपर कोमल-कोमल कोंपलें और फूल थे। पत्तों से भरी टहनियां ऐसे लगती थीं मानो उन्होंने अपने पंख बिखेर रखे हों। ऐसा प्रतीत होता था मानो वे मधुर पवन को पकड़ने का यत्न कर रही हों। कवि यह सोचे बिना न रह सका कि पेड़ तथा पौधे भी आनन्द मना रहे थे।

(Lines 21-24)

If this belief from heaven be sent
If such be Nature’s holy plan,
Have I not reason to lament
What man has made of man?

Explanation : The poet thought that his belief in nature as a living reality was sent by heaven. It was nature’s holy plan that all creatures should live in peace and harmony. There is a spiritual relationship between man and the beautiful objects of nature.

But man has separated himself from nature. That is why he is unhappy. The poet says that his lament over man’s miserable fate is justified since it is of man’s own making.

कवि का विचार था कि उसका यह विश्वास, कि प्रकृति एक जीवित वास्तविकता है, ईश्वर द्वारा ही दिया गया था और इसीलिए सच्चा था। प्रकृति की यह पवित्र योजना थी कि सभी जीव शान्ति तथा मित्रता से रहें। मनुष्य तथा प्रकृति के सुन्दर पदार्थों के बीच एक आत्मिक सम्बन्ध होता है।

किन्तु मनुष्य ने स्वयं को प्रकृति से अलग कर लिया है। यही कारण है कि वह दुःखी है। कवि कहता है कि उसका मनुष्य की दयनीय स्थिति पर विलाप करना उचित है क्योंकि यह मनुष्य ने स्वयं बनाई है।

Central Idea Of The Poem in English:

The central idea of the poem is that man’s separation from Nature is the only cause of all ills and worries. Man has become greedy for material things. He has no peace of mind. He must go back to Nature if he wants to regain his lost happiness. He should develop true love for Nature. He should accept Nature as his friend and guide. Only then can he be happy again. He can be as happy and carefree as Nature herself is. Such was Wordsworth’s firm belief and also Nature’s holy plan.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 1 Lines Written in Early Spring

Central Idea Of The Poem in Hindi:

कविता का केन्द्रीय भाव यह है कि प्रकृति से मनुष्य की जुदाई उसकी सभी बुराइयों और चिन्ताओं का कारण है। मनुष्य भौतिक चीज़ों के लिए लालची बन गया है। उसे कोई मानसिक शान्ति नहीं है। उसे प्रकृति की तरफ़ वापस जाना होगा, यदि वह अपनी खोई हुई खुशी फिर से प्राप्त करना चाहता है। उसे प्रकृति के साथ सच्चा प्यार बनाना चाहिए। उसे प्रकृति को अपना मित्र और मार्गदर्शक स्वीकार करना चाहिए। केवल तभी वह फिर से प्रसन्न हो सकता है। वह उतना ही प्रसन्न तथा चिन्तारहित हो सकता है जितनी स्वयं प्रकृति है। वर्डज़वर्थ का ऐसा पक्का विश्वास था और यही प्रकृति की पवित्र योजना भी थी।

PSEB 11th Class English Message Writing

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions English Message Writing Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 11th Class English Message Writing

A messsage is a piece of information, news, request, etc. sent to somebody in writing, speech, by telephone, etc. Telephone is the quickest means of sending a message. Sometimes it so happens that a message is received on telephone, but the person for whom the message is meant is not at hand. So someone else has to receive it. And if he himself has to go out, he has to leave in writing the message for the person for whom it is meant.

Always Remember :

  1. Address need not be given in a written message.
  2. Salutation should be very brief (e.g. Dear Uncle).
  3. Date and time of penning down the message should be given.
  4. Mention Clearly mention the name of the person from whom the message was received.
  5. Only important points should be written.
  6. The language used should be very clear and comprehensible.
  7. Nothing should be added of your own.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Message Writing

A specimen of message writing

Read the following telephonic conversation between Mrs Gupta and Surinder. Mrs Gupta is about to leave home and won’t be able to meet her son, Sanjay. She leaves a message for him. Write this message in your answer sheet in not more than 50 words. Put your message in a box.

The telephone rings and Mrs Gupta lifts the receiver.
Mrs Gupta : Hello ?
Suriner : Hello, could I speak to Sanjay ? This is Surinder.
Mrs Gupta : He’s not at home, dear. He has gone out with one of his friends.
Suriner : Oh, what a pity ! Aunty, we have arranged a cricket match this morning and we want him to play on our side. He’s such a good player. Please tell him to reach Kotla Grounds as soon as he comes. We shall be waiting for him.
Mrs Gupta : I won’t be able to meet him, but I’ll leave your message.
Suriner : Thanks, Aunty. Please don’t forget.
Mrs Gupta : Oh, never. Rest assured.
PSEB 11th Class English Message Writing 1

Examination-Style Examples of Messages

1. Read the following notes from the notepad of Shri M.A. Khan, the Principal of Samson Public School, Srinagar. He asks his assistant to draft a message on his behalf for Mr Q.M. Sagar, the Vice-Principal of the school. Using the information from the notepad, draft the message.

  • Request attend urgent meeting
  • Meeting in my office – 10 a.m. – today
  • Agenda – planning for a two-week excursion to Gangotri
  • Duration – 2 weeks – summer vacation
  • Inform – class teachers of X, XI & XII : – should attend meeting

Answer:
Message

8 April 20 ……
8.30 a.m.

Mr QM. Sgyar
( Vice-Principal)

You’ are requested to attend an urgent meeting along with the clars teachers of X, XI and XII in my office* at 10 a,.m. today to discuss the agenda regarding planning for a tun-ureeh excursion, to gangotri, during summer vacation, Teachers are reguasted to take their seats by 9.50 a,.m. sharp.

M.A. Khan
(Principal)

2. You are Miss Shahida. You received a telephone call from Mr Vivek who informs you to tell Mr Rashid, your brother, that a cricket match is arranged this morning and his participation is a must. You leave a message for Rashid. Write this message in not more than 50 words. Put your message in a box.
Answer:
Message From Vivek

16 March 20 ……..
7.30 a,.m.
Rashid,

There mas a, callfor you,from Mr Vivek. He monied to tellyou, that a, cricket match has been arranged this morning and your participation, in it is a, must.

Shahida

3. Read the given sample and complete the message suitably:
You wish to inform your mother, who hasn’t come home from duty, that you are going to your friend’s house to prepare a class project with her / him. Inform her about this, requesting her to phone you up as soon as she gets home, and also tell her about your time to return.
Answer:
Message

14 September 20 ……
5.30 p.m.
Mom,

I am gouty to my friend Naseewis house to prepare a, class projest with huso. Please ring me up at my mobile number as soon as yon get homefrom duty. It’ll take me a, couple of hours before I am able to finish the project. However, l hope to be bask, before 8.00 p.m.

Anwar

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Message Writing

4. Read the following notes from the notepad of Shri Ramnath, Principal of Secondary School, Ram Nagar. He asks his assistant to draft a message on his behalf for the class representatives and the staff secretary. Using the information from the notepad, draft the message in not more than 50 words. Put the message in a box.

  • Growing tendency of not attending the school regularly.
  • Sending applications with one or the other excuse.
  • Indiscipline created there by
  • All the class representatives and the staff secretary to attend the meeting.

Answer:
Message from the Principal
(For all Class Representatives and the Staff Secretary)

18 May 20 …..
11.30 a.m.

A growing tendency of net attending the school regularly has been noticed among me students and some members of the staff Applications for leave are sent wide one excuse or the other. It leads to the creation of indiscipline. To check this tendency, a, meeting will be held in the Principal’s office today in the recess period. All class representatives and the staff secretary should make it a point to attend the meeting.

For Principal
(P.A. to Principal)

5. You are Sonal, who has arrived at the New Delhi railway station to board the Shatabdi Express to Ludhiana. You hear the following announcement. Write a message to be sent to your father through your driver. Use not more than 50 words. Put the message in a box.

This is for the attention of all the passengers of the Shatabdi Express bound for Ludhiana scheduled to arrive at 6.55 a.m. The Shatabdi Express has derailed 20 kilometres from here. Please note that the Howrah Express that leaves the New Delhi railway station at 8.30 a.m, will carry all the passengers to their destination. You are requested not to buy a new ticket. Your ticket for the Shatabdi Express holds valid and at par for the Howrah Express. Additional coaches are being attached to the Howrah Express to accommodate passengers of the Shatabdi Express.
Answer:
Message

15 June 20 ……
6:40 a,m.
Respected Father

I shall be, going by the, Howrah, Express instead of the, Shatabdi Express. When, I resulted, the, New Delhi, railway station, to board, the, Shatabdi Express, it was announced, that the, train had, derailed, 20 kilometres from, here,. Ail the, Shatabdi passengers bound for Ludhiana, are now being accommodated in the Howrah, Express that will leone at 8.30 hrs. Till then, I shall be waiting at the station itself. And I am sending the driver bash.

Your Coving daughter
Sonal

6. Mr Ujwal, the Managing Director of Ceramics India Ltd., asks his P.A. to draft a message for Mr Ramesh, the P.R.O. of his company. Use the following information in the M.D.’s notepad to draft the message. Put the message in a box. Your answer Should be in not more than 50 words.

  • Two dignitaries arriving from Delhi on 4th April.
  • Accommodation to be booked in a five-star hotel.
  • Show them around the factory.
  • Book return tickets for the 6th of April.

CERAMICS INDIA LTD.
UJWAL JAIN (MANAGING DIRECTOR)
MESSAGE FOR MR RAMESH (P.R.O.)

27 March 20……..

Two dignitaries are* arriving prom, Delhi an/ 4th April to visit our factory. Please/ arrange/ to booh suitable/ accommodationfor them/ ire a five/-star hotel of ike/ city. Also shour them/ around the/ factory at any time’ convenient to them/. They will be staying here/for two days. Also, booh their return/ tickets for the/ 6th of April.

Nitish
(P.A. to M.D.)

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Message Writing

7. Read the following notes from the notepad of Mr Ram Nath, Principal, Secondary School, Ram Nagar. He asks his Office Superintendent to draft a message on his behalf for the Staff Secretary and the class representatives. Using the information from the notepad, draft the message in not more than 50 words. Put the message in a box.

  • Growing cases of bunking / missing class without any solid reason.
  • Most truants found in parks, cinema halls or wandering on the roads.
  • Indiscipline on the rise.
  • Strict measures needed.
  • All class representatives and the staff secretary to attend the meeting in my office at 10.30 a.m. tomorrow.

Answer:

MESSAGE
FOR ALL CLASS REPRESENTATIVES AND THE STAFF SECRETARY

18 May 20 ……….
11 : 30 am

A growing tendency of bunking / missing classes has been noticed among the students. Most of such truants are seen Cohering in parks, cinema/ halls, etc. It leads to the creation of indiscipline. To check this tendency, a/meeting will beheld in the Principal’s office tomorrour at 1030 am. All class representatives and the staff secretary should make it a point to attend the meeting.

Far Principal
(Office Superintendent)

Exercise From Grammar Book (Fully Solved)

Read the following telephonic conversation and write the message.
Kunaal : Hello, can I speak to Jasmine ?
Saina : Hello, Jasmine is not at home. I am her friend.
Kunaal : Would you please give my message to her ?
Saina : I will. Please tell me what do you want me to tell her ?
Kunaal : Kindly tell her we shall be visiting her office tomorrow at 11.00 for accounts inspection. She should keep her records ready.
Saina : I will convey your message to her.
Answer:
MESSAGE

ZS August 20 ……..
Jasmine,

Mr Kunaal rang up to inform you, that they unit be inciting your office tomorrow out 11.00 a.m. for accounts inspection. You have to keep- your records ready.

Saina.

2. Read the following telephonic conversation and write the message.

Mrs. Gupta : Hello, am I speaking to Seema ?
Maid : Good morning, madam. Memsahib is not at home. I am her maid.
Mrs. Gupta : Will you convey my message to her ?
Maid : Please tell me, madam.
Mrs. Gupta : Please tell her that my son is getting engaged on this Saturday. The marriage ceremony is going to be solemnized at Hotel Taj, Mumbai, on coming Monday at 7.00 p.m. She, along with her family, is invited to attend the ceremony. Her attendance will be highly appreciated.
Maid : I will convey your message.
Mrs. Gupta : Thanks.
Answer:
MESSAGE

14 July 20 ……….
Memsahib,

There was a call from Mrs (Jupta. Her souls engagement is taking place on this Saturday. Marriage ceremony will be solemnuced at Hotel Tag, Mumbai, on the coming Monday at 7.00 p.m. You are inmted to attend true ceremony with family. Your attendance will be highly appreciated.

Maid.

MESSAGE-WRITING TASKS FOR PRACTICE

1. You are Nanny / Namit. In her absence, your sister Reema’s boss makes a Telephone call. He tells you to pass on the following message to Reema which you note down on the notepad.

  • Extension of her leave not approved
  • Must report to office on Monday morning
  • Important contract has to be signed
  • Documents have to be ready by lunch-time on Monday.

You have to leave for a party, so you decide to leave the message. Write down the message for Reena in not more than 50 words.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Message Writing

2. Mr Vikram Batra, the Managing Director of Oswal Mills, asks his P.A. to draft a message for Mr Rajan Jain, the RR.O. of his company. Use the following information to draft the message. Put the message in a box. Your answer should be in not more than 50 words.

  • Two dignitaries arriving from Mumbai on 14th August.
  • Accommodation to be booked in Hayat Regency.
  • Show them around the mill.
  • Book return tickets for the 16th August.

3. Read the following telephonic conversation between Kusha and Armaan. Armaan will not be able to meet Moksh. He leaves a message for him. Write this message, using not more than 50 words. Put the’ message in a box.

Kusha : Hello ! Hello ! I am Kusha from Chandigarh. Can I speak to Moksh ? I am his sister.
Armaan : Hello ! Kusha, I am Armaan, Moksh’s colleague. Moksh is on leave today. Can I take a message ?
Kusha : Yes, Armaan. I am coming to Delhi tomorrow. Ask him to pick me up at the airport. I have an interview for the post of Scientist at NPL on the day after tomorrow.
Armaan : Which flight are you coming on ?
Kusha : It is the Jetline flight which arrives there at 7:15 in the morning. I am also bringing along that big box which contains his books. I hope it won’t be any trouble for you.
Armaan : Not at all. I will leave a message on his table. Okay, Kusha.
Kusha : Thank you Armaan. Bye.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Modals Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

1. निम्नलिखित सहायक क्रियाओं को अंग्रेजी व्याकरण में Modals कहा जाता है-
can, could, will, would, shall, should, may, might, must, have to, ought to, used to, need, dare आदि।

2. इन सहायक क्रियाओं को मुख्य क्रिया के रूप में प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है।

  • He will go.
  • She might pass this year.

3. ये सहायक क्रियाएँ कर्ता के वचन और लिंग के अनुसार बदलती नहीं हैं।

  • I will study hard.
  • They will study hard.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

4. इन क्रियाओं से पूर्व ‘to’ का प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है। हम निम्नलिखित का प्रयोग नहीं कर सकते हैं-
to will, to can, to may, to must, to might, to used, etc.

5. इन सहायक क्रियाओं के साथ -ing नहीं जोड़ा जा सकता है।

6. इन सहायक क्रियाओं के साथ क्रिया के केवल मूल रूप का ही प्रयोग किया जा सकता है-

  • I will go home.
  • You can go home.
  • They must go home.

7. निम्नलिखित Auxiliary Verbs के साथ सदा क्रिया के मूल रूप V, का प्रयोग किया जाता है-

  • Shall, should
  • Will, would
  • Can, could
  • May, might
  • Ought to
  • Used to
  • Need
  • Dare
  • Must, have to, am to, etc.

The Use of Some Modal Auxiliaries

I. Can तथा Could का प्रयोग
(1) Can का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-
1. योग्यता सूचक
She can dance very well.

2. इजाज़त सूचक
You can go home now.

3. सम्भावना सूचक
It can happen to anyone.

4. Pt. Cont. की जगह
I can hear people talking.

(2) Could का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

1. शर्त वाचक

  • I could lift this box (if I tried).
  • I could buy a shirt (if I had money).

2. प्रार्थना वाचक

  • Could (would) you tell me the time ?
  • Could (would) you bring me a glass of water ?

3. सम्भावना सूचक

  • He could be busy at this time.
  • He could help you if he were here.

4. Can क Past

  • He said that I could go.
  • He could come to me any time he liked.

II. May तथा Might का प्रयोग

(1) May का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-
1. अनुमति / इजाज़त सूचक

  • You may go now.
  • May I come in, Sir ?

2. सम्भावना सूचक

  • His statement may (can / could) be true.
  • His plan may (can / could) succeed.

3. इच्छा / प्रार्थना सूचक

  • May you live long!
  • May our country prosper !

(2) Might का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

1. May का Past

  • He said that I might go.
  • I thought that he might help her.

2. भावी सम्भावना

  • He might (may) pass this year.
  • He might (may) reach here by evening.

3. इजाज़त होना

  • Might I have your pen ?
  • You might do me a favour.

(May की अपेक्षा might में अधिक झिझक और विनम्रता का संकेत होता है।)

III. Would तथा Should का प्रयोग

(1) Would का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

1. Will का Past

  • I told him that I would come.
  • The doctor knew that the patient would die.

2. प्रार्थना वाचक

  • Would you close the window?
  • Would you tell me the time?

3. शर्त वाचक

  • He would pass if he worked hard.
  • He would have passed if he had worked hard.

(2) Should का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-
1. उपदेश वाचक – You should give up smoking.

2. सम्भावना वाचक – They should be here by now.

3. नैतिक फर्ज़ – You should do your duty.

4. Shall at Past – He told me that I should I would pass.

IV. Must, Have to तथा Had to का प्रयोग

(1) Must का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-
1. उपदेश सूचक

  • You must consult some good doctor.
  • You must work hard this year.

2. आवश्यकता सूचक

  • You must be back by evening.
  • The students must bring their books daily.

3. सम्भावना सूचक

  • The child must be hungry.
  • He must have made some big mistake.

4. बन्धन / मजबूरी सूचक

  • You must do as you are told.
  • He must clear his accounts before leaving.

(2) Must का प्रयोग Affirmative और Interrogative वाक्यों में किया जा सकता है, किन्तु Negative वाक्यों में must के विपरीतार्थक (opposite) के रूप में need not का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

1. Must she come tomorrow ?

  • Yes, she must.
  • No, She needn’t.

(3) Must की जगह has / have to का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।

1. He must go now.
He has to go now.

2. You must obey your officer.
You have to obey your officer.

(4) जब कोई नैतिक बन्धन स्वयं वक्ता द्वारा लागू किया गया हो, तो must का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए किन्तु जब यह नैतिक बन्धन किसी बाहरी वजह से हो, तो have to अथवा had to का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

Mother : You must wipe your feet when you come in.
Child : I have to wipe my feet every time I come in.

(5) Must not की जगह is not to का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।
1. He must not go there.
He is not to go there.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

(6) Tense के अनुसार must के प्रयोग में होने वाले परिवर्तनों के लिए निम्नलिखित तालिका याद कीजिए-

Present Past Future
1. He must go. He had to go. He must go.
2. He must not go. He was not to go. He must not go.

V. Ought to तथा Used to का प्रयोग

I. Ought के साथ सदा to का प्रयोग किया जाता है। (Ought to = Should)
Ought to का प्रयोग (should की भांति) निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

1. नैतिक फर्ज़

  • You ought to respect your elders.
  • You ought to have helped the poor.

2. इच्छा-योग्य सम्भावना

  • Mohan ought to win the race this time.
  • You have worked hard, You ought to get good marks.

3. इच्छा-योग्य ज़रूरत

  • He ought to build a new house now.
  • There ought to be some more buses.

(इन सभी वाक्यों में ought to के स्थान पर should का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।)

II. Ought की तरह used भी एक ऐसा modal है जिसके साथ to का प्रयोग करना ज़रूरी होता है।

  • He used to live here.
  • He never used to live here.
  • Used he to live here ?

Used to का प्रयोग भूतकाल के संबंध में किसी आदत अथवा प्रायः होने वाली क्रिया को प्रकट करने के लिए किया जाता है।

Used to + V2 = V2
1. He used to come to my house every evening. 1. He came to my house every evening.
2. She never used to tell a lie. 2. She never told a lie.
3. They used to consult me on all matters. 3. They consulted me on all matters.

VI. Need का प्रयोग Modal के रूप में Need का प्रयोग केवल Negative और Interrogative वाक्यों में किया जाना चाहिए।

(1) इसका प्रयोग किसी सन्देह (doubt) अथवा मनाही (prohibition) को ज़ोरदार ढंग से व्यक्त करने के लिए किया जाता है।

  • Need I go there ? No, you needn’t.
  • Need she come tomorrow ? No, she needn’t.

(2) Need का Third Person Singular सदा need ही होता है, needs नहीं।

  • Need Mohan go there now?
  • He need not worry any more.

(3) प्रश्नवाचक वाक्यों में need का प्रयोग तभी किया जाता है जब negative उत्तर वांछित हो।

  • Need you go there?
  • No, I neednt.

(4) Interrogative और Negative वाक्यों में need के साथ to का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है ।

  • Need he do any work ?
  • No, he needn’t do any work.

(5) किन्तु निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में need के साथ to का प्रयोग किया गया है

  • He needs to go now. (Affirmative)
  • He does not need to go now. (Negative)
  • Does he need to go now? (Interrogative)

यदि ध्यान से देखा जाए तो पता चलेगा कि इन सभी वाक्यों में need को मुख्य क्रिया (Principal Verb) के रूप में प्रयोग किया गया है, न कि Modal Auxiliary के रूप में।

(6) Need not की जगह haven’t got to / don’t have to / don’t need to का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।

  • He need not go.
  • He has not got to go.
  • He does not have to go.
  • He does not need to go.

(7) जब needs का प्रयोग must के साथ किया गया हो, तो यह एक adverb का कार्य कर रहा होता है। वास्तव में needs एक Possessive Case है जिसमें Apostrophe (‘) का लोप किया होता है।

इस प्रकार – needs = need’s = of need = of necessity = necessarily (adv.)
इस प्रकार हम देखा कि needs को एक adverb क्यों माना जाता है।
He must needs finish his work by evening.

VII. Dare का प्रयोग

(1) Modal के रूप में dare का प्रयोग नीचे लिखी स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

  • Negative वाक्यों में।
  • Interrogative वाक्यों में।
  • सन्देह (doubt) प्रकट करने वाले वाक्यों में।
  • ऐसे वाक्यों में जिनमें hardly, never, no one, nobody का प्रयोग किया गया हो।

(2) जब dare का प्रयोग Modal के रूप में किया गया हो तो इसके साथ to का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता।

(3) Dare का Third Person Singular सदा dare ही होता है न कि dares.
Examples :

  • He dare not fight with me. (Negative)
  • Nobody dared ask him about his intentions. (Negative)
  • Dare he come to my house ? (Interrogative)
  • How dare he say such things about me ? (Interrogative)
  • I wonder whether he dare try.(Doubt)
  • He will hardly dare go there again. (Doubt)

Exercise
1. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with the most appropriate modal.

(a) 1. He said that he …………… not come the next day.
2. ………….. you please stop talking ?
3. We ……………. speak English fluently.
4. She ………….. obey the rules.
5. He works hard so that he ………….. pass.
6. …………… you please help me lift the bundle ?
7. If I were you, I …………… not do it.
8. The pupils ………… to obey the orders.
Answer:
1. would / might
2. Would
3. can
4. should / must
5. may
6. Could / Would
7. would
8. ought

(b) 1. ………….. God bring you a lot of prosperity !
2. He …………. inform me if he was in trouble.
3. I do not know whether I …………. be able to spare money.
4. There are clouds in the sky. It ………….. rain tonight.
5. If I were you, I ………….. have helped Kapil.
6. A poor man ………….. spend his money wisely.
7. Your father …………… be nearly eighty now.
8. …………… God protect you !
Answer:
1. May
2. could
3. would
4. may / might / could
5. would
6. must
7. must
8. May.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

2. Fill in the blanks with suitable modals from the brackets.

(a) 1. Can I smoke here ? No, you ……….. (should / may / can’t)
2. He said he ……………. come the next day. (may / would / can)
3. The driver ………… to have been more careful. (should / ought / must)
4. I will do it myself. You …………… come. (mustn’t / needn’t / oughtn’t)
5. Usha asked if she …………… bring her dog. (might / could)
6. Rajiv ……………. speak five languages. (may / can / should)
7. You ……………. pay your debts. (must / should I can)
8. Candidates …………… answer all questions. (must / should)
Answer:
1. can’t
2. would
3. ought
4. needn’t
5. could
6. can
7. should
8. must.

(b) 1. He …………… hear. He is deaf. (must not / won’t I can’t)
2. He ………….. come home by the morning train. (ought / used / might)
3. The Headmaster ………….. check all these accounts. (should I dare)
4. …………… his soul rest in peace ! (May / Might)
5. We …………. do as we are told. (can / should)
6. I …………… rather die than beg. (would / should I will)
7. He ………….. not help laughing. (can I could)
8. ……….. you possibly lend me a thousand rupees ? (Could / Will)
Answer:
1. can’t
2. might
3. should
4. May
5. should
6. would
7. could
8. Could.

Miscellaneous Exercise (Based on the Textbook)

(a) 1. You …………… be careful while driving. (must / need)
2. We …………… preserve our forests. (must / need)
3. Sudha …………… appear for an interview at Telco’s Pune office at the company’s expense. (used to / had to)
4. She was sure that she …………… not get the job in the famous automobile company, Telco. (should / would)
5. She …………… to wake up in the morning and get me ready for school. (ought / used)
6. He looked as if he …………… only have lots and lots of grandchildren. (could I can)
7. We …………. not use bookish knowledge to contradict and condemn others. (ought / should)
8. The teacher said that he ………….. be punished for his mistake. (will / would)
9. You ………….. impose discipline on yourself first. (can limust)
10. Some of us are worrying about whether the stock market …………… crash. (will / should)
Answer:
1. must
2. must
3. had to
4. would
5. used
6. could
7. should
8. would
9. must
10. will.

(b) 1. Time on books …………… be spent according to their quality. (need / should)
2. An officer ………….. display high standards of discipline in his own (must / can)
3. We …………… never get anything without paying something for it. (should I can)
4. We …………… blame the government or the system for all the ills. (shouldn’t I needn’t)
5. Globalisation ………….. help to fight the problem of poverty in the world. (can / could)
6. A leader ………….. be ready to accept responsibilities and self-discipline. (should / may)
7. She …………. not help me with the lesson. (could / ought)
8. Take an umbrella with you; it …………… rain. (can / might)
9. ………… I come in, sir ? (May / Might)
10. ………….. that I were a king ! (Should / Would)
Answer:
1. should
2. must
3. can
4. shouldn’t
5. can
6. should
7. could
8. might
9. May
10. Would.

(c) 1. Kalam says that future generation ………… have the freedom to sustain their lives on the earth. (should / would)
2. As he ………… not afford to pay his fees, he approached the principal for help. (could / would)
3. Since the Earth’s water supply is fixed, we ………….. preserve the quality of water available to us. (must / can)
4. The absence of water …………. turn fertile lands into dry, barren lifeless tracts of death. (can / must)
5. Malcolm thought that Barb …………… not love an ugly person like him. (can / could)
6. It …………. rain tomorrow. (may / shall)
7. You ………….. have liberty without discipline. (can’t I may not)
8. We …………. not eat in public during Ramadan, in Dubai. (dare / must)
9. Tomorrow …………… be Sunday. (may / will)
10. He ………….. be thirty next birthday. (shall / will)
Answer:
1. should
2. could
3. must
4. can
5. could
6. may
7. can’t
8. dare
9. will
10. will.

(d) 1. If a woman proposed to a man in a leap year, he …………… accept it unless he was already engaged. (had to / used to)
2. Barb was so afraid that she …………… not make a reply to Malcolm. (could I can)
3. Junod suggested that a rescue expedition ………….. be organised at once. (should I would)
4. A new war …………… leave nothing behind worthy of mention. (would I could)
5. Force alone ………….. solve man’s problems. (can’t / mustn’t)
6. I did not know who headed Telco. I thought it …………… be one of the Tatas. (need / must)
7. The film …………. to be a great success. (should / ought)
8. My hostel-mates told me I …………. use the opportunity to go to Pune. (should / would)
9. She …………. never have been pretty. (can I could)
10. You …………… start somewhere, otherwise no woman will ever be able to work in your factories. (may / must)
Answer:
1. had to
2. could
3. should
4. would
5. can’t
6. must
7. ought
8. should
9. could
10. must.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

2. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with the most appropriate modal.

(a) 1. We ………….. read good books with full concentration.
2. If a man lacks reasoning, he …………. study law and lawyers’ cases.
3. A book …………. not be read to condemn or refute others.
4. No one …………. avoid doing something he …………… do.
5. Our nation …………… be strong not only as a military power, but also as an economic power.
6. We ………….. become self-reliant and not run after imported things.
7. In Jeddah, we …………. not go out without covering our head.
8. The poor people …………… live in very dirty conditions.
9. Globalisation ………………. lead to new opportunities, faster growth and higher standard of living
10. We ……………. preserve our forests, fisheries and the diversity of living species.
Answer:
1. must
2. should
3. should
4. must should
5. should
6. must
7. dare
8. have to
9. can
10.must.

(b) 1. Without water, life ………….. become impossible on this earth.
2. Malcolm ………….. decide whether Barb still loved him.
3. The lovers ………… face many hardships.
4. We …………… set things right before it is too late.
5. Those people too ………….. not survive long, who had fled from Hiroshima after the explosion.
6. The General realized how destructive an atomic war …………. be.
7. All possible efforts …………. be made to save mankind from itself.
8. “How ………….. anyone love a freak ?” thought Malcolm.
9. Barb ……………… not give up writing to Malcolms even though he never responded.
10. The books of lower quality …………. be read by proxy.
Answer:
1. would
2. couldn’t
3. have to
4. must
5. could
6. could
7. must
8. can / could
9. would
10. should

Exercises From Grammar Book (Fully Solved)

Exercise 1
Fill in the blanks with ‘will or ‘shall’.

1. I ……….. surely help you. (determination)
2. If you make a noise, you ……….. be punished.
3. ……….. you have tea ?
4. He ……….. play the match tomorrow. (information about future)
5. You ………. not leave this place. (order)
6. ……….. I bring some tea for you ? (offer)
7. I ……….. take care of your brother. (promise)
8. I ………. send him to jail. (threat)
9. How ……….. you solve this problem?
10. I ……….. take care of your brother. (promise)
Answer:
1. will
2. shall
3. will
4. will
5. shall
6. Shall
7. will
8. will
9. will
10. will.

Exercise 2
Fill in the blanks with ‘would’ or ‘should.

1. I told him that he ……….. pass.
2. You ……….. respect your elders.
3. Walk fast lest you ………. miss the train.
4. They ……….. sit for hours talking together. (Past habit)
5. ……….. that I were the Prime Minister !
6. You ………. take your medicine regularly.
7. I ……… rather fail than cheat.
8. I ………. like to have a cup of tea.
9. You ……….. not leave this job.
10. ………. you meet him, give him this book.
Answer:
1. would
2. should
3. should
4. would
5. Would
6. should
7. would
8. would
9. should
10. Should.

Exercise 3
Fill in the blanks with ‘can’ or ‘could’.

1. She ………. read and write English well.
2. I told him that he ……….. accompany me.
3. He ………. drive a car at the age of twelve.
4. I ……….. not help laughing.
5. You ………. go now.
6. He ………. help you if you want.
7. He ……….. come to meet me any time.
8. I ………. have availed myself of the opportunity. (But I didn’t)
9. Who ……….. be kinder than God ?
10. Three years ago, he ……….. not even walk.
Answer:
1. can
2. could
3. could
4. could
5. can
6. can
7. can
8. could
9. can
10. could.

Exercise 4
Fill in the blanks with ‘may’ or ‘might’.

1. ……….. I go home now?
2. She asked if she ……….. read my book.
3. We eat so that we ……….. live.
4. ……… God bless you !
5. It ………. rain today. (weak possibility)
6. You ……….. have won the race if you had taken an early start.
7. If you apologise, he ……….. forgive you.
8. She ……… have applied for a job, but I am not sure.
9. ……….. his soul rest in peace.
10. He is working hard so that he ……… stand first in the class.
Answer:
1. May
2. might
3. may
4. May
5. may
6. might
7. may
8. might
9. May
10. may.

Exercise 5
Fill in the blanks with ‘used to’ or ‘ought to’.

1. We ……….. serve our country.
2. My grandmother ……….. tell me stories.
3. You ……….. change your job.
4. I am not ……….. driving alone.
5. I ………. visit my sick brother.
6. We ……….. obey the laws of our country.
7. They ………. miss their classes to watch a movie.
8. The students ……….. be regular and punctual.
9. The employees ……….. come late, but now they have become punctual.
Answer:
1. ought to
2. used to
3. ought to
4. used to
5. ought to
6. ought to
7. used to
8. ought to
9. used to.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

Exercise 6
Fill in the blanks with ‘must, ‘dare’ or ‘need.

1. The candidates ………. answer five out of ten questions.
2. How ………. you touch my things ?
3. I ……….. finish this work by Monday.
4. ……….. I go to school today?
5. He ………. not oppose me.
6. You ………. not wait for him.
7. Does she ………. to argue with you ?
8. You ……….. not go to the market as I have brought vegetables.
9. ………. you have taken all this trouble ?
10. You ………. be joking.
Answer:
1. must
2. dare
3. must
4. Need
5. dare
6. need
7. dare
8. need
9. Need
10. must.

Exercise 7
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. ……….. you please stop talking ? (will / shall)
2. You ………. go home whenever you like. (may / might)
3. We ……….. not tell lies. (would / should)
4. You ……….. get a prize if you finish your work in time. (shall / will)
5. My grandmother ………. go for a morning walk in her youth. (used to I might)
6. He ……….. read and write Spanish. (can I could)
7. The rich ……… help the poor. (should / would)
8. If you have a ticket, you ………. go inside. (could I may)
9. He said that it ……….. be true. (would / could)
10. ………. you hear that sound ? (may / can)
Answer:
1. Will
2. may
3. should
4. will
5. used to
6. can / could
7. should
8. may
9. could
10. Can.

Exercise 8
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. I tried to climb up the tree, but ………. not.
2. He worked hard so that he ……….. win the gold medal.
3. ……….. that I were a princess !
4. Death ……….. come any time.
5. ………. you prosper in life !
6. Cars ……….. not be parked in front of the gate. (may / must)
7. She is three years old, but she ………. not speak as yet.
8. You ……….. not drink here. (will / shall)
9. If it ………. rain, we will have a holiday. (should I could)
10. ………. you mind my sitting here ? (would / should)
Answer:
1. could
2. could
3. Would
4. can
5. May
6. must
7. can
8. shall
9. should
10. Would.

Exercise 9
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. You ……….. help the needy. (moral obligation)
2. If I were you, I ……….. not behave like that. (conditional sentence)
3. I ……….. never tell a lie. (determination)
4. He told me that he ………… not let me down.
5. Walk slowly lest you ……….. stumble.
6. My uncle ………. have reached by now. (possibility)
7. The patient is critical. He ……….. be taken to the hospital. (compulsion)
8. You ………. not laugh at her mistakes.
9. How ……….. you call her names ?
10. I ……….. play hockey when I was a student. (past habit)
Answer:
1. should
2. would
3. will
4. would
5. should
6. might
7. must
8. should
9. dare
10. used to.

Exercise 10
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. What ……….. you like to have, tea or coffee ?
2. ……….. I smoke here? (formal permission)
3. One ……….. do one’s duty.
4. I ……….. smell something burning.
5. I ……….. rather die than beg.
6. It ………. rain today. (less certain)
7. I told him that he ………. take the test. (can I could)
8. She ……….. not insult me. (will / must) (insistence)
9. We ……….. respect our elders. (can / ought to)
10. I ………. help him with money. (will / shall)
Answer:
1. would
2. May
3. should / must
4. can
5. would
6. might
7. could
8. must
9. ought to
10. will.

Exercise 11
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. ……….. I answer your question ? (should I need)
2. I wish I ……… help you, but I have my own problems. (can I could)
3. Walk carefully lest you ………. sprain your foot.
4. You ……….. not see him; just write a letter. (dare / need)
5. We ……….. go to the station by taxi, it is getting late. (may / should)
6. You ……….. do as you are told. (order)
7. The children asked if they ……….. have an ice cream. (could / would)
8. ……… we play cricket ? (suggestion)
9. ……….. you have tea ?
10. It ………. rain tomorrow. (prediction)
Answer:
1. Need
2. could
3. should
4. need
5. should
6. must
7. could
8. Shall
9. Would
10. may.

Exercise 12
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. ……….. I bring some tea for you? (Do you want me ?)
2. ……….. I use your pen ? (very polite)
3. You ……….. attend the class. (compulsion)
4. He told me that he ……….. join the Army. (possibility)
5. ………. he insult you? (challenge)
6. Play well so that you ……… win the match. (purpose)
7. Everyone ……….. love his country. (may / ought to)
8. He is your father, you ……….. obey him. (obligation)
9. You ………. not worry about it, I will handle it.
10. You ……….. do your homework regularly. (advice)
Answer:
1. Shall
2. Might
3. must
4. might
5. Dare
6. may
7. ought to
8. should
9. need
10. should.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

Exercise 13
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. I ………. hear her reciting a prayer. (might / could)
2. You said that you ……….. be absent. (should / would)
3. I ……….. bring a chocolate for you tomorrow. (promise)
4. You ……… not hurry, there is plenty of time.
5. I ……….. try to do better next time. (promise)
6. ……….. you please help me ? (should I would)
7. ……….. God save our souls !
8. I ……….. type ninety words in a minute. (may / can)
9. You ………. read a grammar book to understand these concepts. (may / ought to)
10. The doctor told me that the fever ………. go. (would / will)
Answer:
1. could
2. would
3. will
4. need
5. will
6. Would
7. May
8. can
9. ought to
10. would.

Exercise 14
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. A leader ……….. be ready to accept responsibilities. (shall / must)
2. Take an umbrella with you, it ……….. rain. (should I may)
3. If we are not free, no one ……….. respect us. (will / shall)
4. Some books ……….. be read thoroughly. (may / must)
5. We ……….. preserve our heritage. (can / must)
6. They ……….. to complete their lessons. (dare / need)
7. One ………. not have liberty without discipline. (can / may)
8. You ……….. see a doctor.
9. He ……….. be thirty next birthday. (will / shall)
10. ……….. we drink salty sea water ? (can I could)
Answer:
1. must
2. may
3. will
4. must
5. must
6. need
7. can
8. must
9. will
10. Can.

Exercise 15
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. ……….. we play cricket ?
2. I ……….. invite you to the party. (intention)
3. You ………. not attend my class. (order)
4. He ……….. have helped you if he wished.
5. He ……….. come today. (remote possibility)
6. She ……….. come late to school every day. (past habit)
7. Don’t put off till tomorrow what you ……….. do today.
8. He did not ……….. to offend me.
9. I think I ……….. go now. (could / should)
10. I ……….. do or die. (compulsion)
Answer:
1. Shall
2. will
3. shall / must
4. could
5. might
6. used to
7. can
8. dare
9. should
10. must.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Modals

Exercise 16
Fill in the blanks with appropriate modals.

1. Reading ……….. make a full man. (may / can)
2. We ……….. learn how to govern better. (must / might)
3. The teacher said that he ………. be rewarded for his good work.
4. You ……….. follow the traffic rules.
5. How ………. you do this to me ? (could / would)
6. ……….. I bring you something to eat ?
7. He ………. play the match. (willingness)
8. You ………. not waste time on it. (necessity)
9. Had the doctor come in time, he ……….. have saved the patient.
10. Had you hurried up, you ……….. have caught the train. (could / can)
Answer:
1. can
2. must
3. would
4. should / must / ought to
5. could
6. Shall
7. would / will
8. must
9. would / could
10. could.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Determiners Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Determiners

किसी संज्ञा से पूर्व स्थित ऐसे शब्द को Determiner कहा जाता है जो उस संज्ञा को निर्धारित करता हो; जैसे-
A book, an inkpot, the Ramayana, some boys, any book, a few difficulties, a little rest, आदि।

Determiner एक प्रकार से विशेषण (Adjective) ही होता है। अन्तर केवल इतना है कि Adjective किसी संज्ञा की व्याख्या करता है जबकि Determiner किसी संज्ञा को निर्धारित करता है।

अध्ययन की सुविधा के लिए Determiners को मुख्य रूप से निम्नलिखित भागों में बांटा जा सकता है –

1. Possessive My, our, your, his, her, its, their.
2. Demonstrative Definite : The, this, that, these, those, such, same, etc.
Indefinite : A, an, any, some, other, certain, etc.
3. Quantitative Much, little, no, some, any, enough, sufficient, all, whole, half, etc.
4. Numeral Definite : One, two, three, first, second, third, etc.
Indefinite : All, some, no, many, few, several, etc.
5. Articles Definite : The.
Indefinite : A, an.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

The Use of Some Determiners

1. Some, any : ये दोनों शब्द मात्रावाचक भी हैं और संख्यावाचक भी।
Some का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित प्रकार के वाक्यों में किया जाता है-
(a) Affirmative वाक्यों में।

  • There are some children outside.
  • Some people say that money makes the mare go.

(b) Interrogative वाक्यों में, यदि वक्ता को afffirmative उत्तर की इच्छा अथवा आशा हो।

  • Aren’t there some stamps in the drawer ?
  • Didn’t he give you some money ?

Any का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित प्रकार के वाक्यों में किया जाता है-
(a) Negative वाक्यों में।

  • I didn’t buy any bread.
  • He has not solved any question.

(b) Interrogative वाक्यों में, यदि वक्ता को negative उत्तर की आशा हो।

  • Have you any problem ?
  • Are there any stamps in my drawer ?

नोट- यह बात ध्यान रखने योग्य है कि not के साथ any का प्रयोग किया जाता है किन्तु no के साथ any का प्रयोग कभी नहीं किया जाता है।
इसलिए यह कहना गलत है कि-
I bought no any apple.
हमें कहना चाहिए –
I bought no apple.

2. Few, little:
Few – एक संख्यावाचक शब्द है।
Little – एक मात्रावाचक शब्द है।

→ Few, a few, the few का प्रयोग-
(1) Few – यह एक Negative विशेषण है।
Few = not many = अधिक नहीं।

(2) A few – यह एक affirmative विशेषण है।
A few = some at least = थोड़े से।

(3) The few – यह एक ऐसा विशेषण है जिससे negative तथा affirmative दोनों अर्थों का बोध होता है।
The few – the whole of any particular number = थोड़े-बहुत जो भी हों।

→ Little, a little, the little का प्रयोग-
(1) Little – यह एक Negative विशेषण है।
Little – not much = अधिक नहीं।

(2) A little – यह एक Affirmative विशेषण है।
A little = some at least = थोड़ा सा।

(3) The little – यह एक ऐसा विशेषण है जिससे Negative तथा affirmative दोनों अर्थों का बोध होता है।
The little = the whole of any particular quantity = थोड़ा-बहुत जो भी हो।

Examples:
I. 1. He makes few mistakes.
उसके पास अधिक दूध नहीं था।
2. He makes a few mistakes.
वह कुछ गलतियां कर देता है।
3. I corrected the few mistakes he had made.
जो थोड़ी-बहुत गलतियां उसने की थीं, मैंने ठीक कर दी।

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

II. 1. He had little milk.
वह अधिक गलतियां नहीं करता है।
2. He had a little milk.
उसके पास थोड़ा सा दूध था।
3. He drank the little milk I had.
मेरे पास जो थोड़ा-बहुत दूध था, वह पी गया।

नोट – वाक्य (3) के अर्थ को दो भागों में बांटा जा सकता है-
(a) Negative तथा (b) Affirmative
(a) The mistakes he had made were not many.
जो गलतियां उसने की थीं वे अधिक नहीं थीं।
The milk I had was not much.
मेरे पास जो दूध था वह अधिक नहीं था।

(b) I corrected all the mistake he had made.
मैंने वे सारी गलतियां ठीक कर दी जो उसने की थीं।
He drank all the milk I had.
उसने सारा दूध पी लिया जो मेरे पास था।

III. Much, Many, Many a, Less, Fewer:
(1) Much तथा less मात्रावाचक विशेषण हैं।

(2) Many तथा fewer संख्यावाचक विशेषण हैं।

(3) Much का प्रयोग uncountable nouns (मात्रावाचक संज्ञाओं) के साथ किया जाता है।
Many का प्रयोग countable nouns (संख्यावाचक संज्ञाओं) के साथ किया जाता है।

(4) Much और Many का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित प्रकार के वाक्यों में किया जाना चाहिए-

  • Negative वाक्यों में।
  • Interrogative वाक्यों में।
  • Affirmative वाक्यों में, यदि इन शब्दों का प्रयोग कर्ता अथवा कर्ता की व्याख्या करने वाले शब्द के रूप में किया गया हो।

(5) Many a – कई बार ‘Many’ के साथ ‘a’ का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
अर्थ की दृष्टि से ‘many’ और ‘many a में कोई अन्तर नहीं है। अन्तर केवल इतना है कि-
Many के साथ बहुवचन संज्ञा तथा बहुवचन क्रिया का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
Many a के साथ एकवचन संज्ञा तथा एकवचन क्रिया का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
Many a man = many x one man = Many men

  • Many a boy is absent
  • Many boys are absent.

(6) Fewer, few की comparative degree के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाता है, परन्तु – Less को little की comparative degree के रूप में बहुत कम प्रयोग किया जाता है। यह एक आज़ाद comparative है। वास्तव में इसकी कोई positive degree नहीं होती।

Examples : Much (मात्रावाचक)

  • There is not much food in the house. (Negative)
  • Did you have much difficulty in finding it? (Interrogative)
  • Much of what you say is true. (Affirmative)
  • He never eats much breakfast. (Negative)
  • Does your cow give much milk ? (Interrogative)
  • Much of it is useless. (Affirmative)

Many (संख्यावाचक)

  • I don’t have many friends. (Negative)
  • Were there many people at the meeting ? (Interrogative)
  • Many people left early. (Affirmative)

Fewer (संख्यावाचक)

  • No fewer than twenty workers were absent.
  • There were fewer men than women.
  • Few know and fewer care.
  • Today I bought fewer eggs.

Less (मात्रावाचक)

  • Less size means less weight.
  • He had less difficulty with his work.
  • Don’t think it has less importance.
  • I have less money than you.

Articles

Articles भी एक प्रकार से Determiners ही होते हैं क्योंकि ये किसी संज्ञा से पूर्व लगाए जाते हैं और उसे निर्धारित करते हैं।
अंग्रेज़ी भाषा में a, an तथा the को Articles कहा जाता है।
The को Definite Article कहा जाता है।
A तथा an को Indefinite Articles कहा जाता है।

Articles के प्रयोग सम्बन्धी नियम

(1) An का प्रयोग किसी स्वर (Vowel : a, e, i, 0, u) से पूर्व अथवा silent b से पूर्व किया जाता है; जैसे-
An apple; an egg; an inkpot; an ox; an umbrella; an honest man; an M.A.; etc.

(2) A का प्रयोग किसी व्यंजन (Consonant) से पूर्व किया जाता है। ऐसे स्वर जिनका उच्चारण किसी व्यंजन की भांति किया जाए, उनसे पूर्व भी a का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे –
A kite; a cart; a monkey; a unit; a useful thing; a one-eyed man; a European country; etc.

(3) साधारण रूप से नियम यह है कि यदि कोई Common Noun एकवचन में हो, तो उससे पूर्व Article का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए; जैसे-

  • I saw a dog in street. (यह वाक्य आशुद्ध है।)
  • I saw a dog in the street. (यह वाक्य शुद्ध है।)
  • I saw the dog in the street. (यह वाक्य शुद्ध है।)

(4) The का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-
1. किसी विशेष व्यक्ति अथवा पदार्थ का वर्णन करने के लिए।
(He is the man who beat me.)

2. नदियों के नामों के साथ।
(The Ganges; the Yamuna)

3. पर्वत-शृंखलाओं के नाम के साथ।
(The Himalayas; the Vindhyas)

4. समुद्रों के नाम के साथ।
(The Indian Ocean; the Arabian Sea)

5. प्रसिद्ध पुस्तकों के नामों के साथ।
(The Gita; the Quran)

6. प्रकृति की अद्वितीय रचनाओं के साथ।
(The sun; the moon; the earth)

7. Superlative Degree के साथ।
(The best, the noblest; the youngest)

8. किसी जाति अथवा वर्ग के नाम के साथ।
(The English; the Indians; the French)

9. उस विशेषण से पूर्व जिनके साथ लगने वाली संज्ञा understood हो।
(The rich should help the poor.)

10. निम्नलिखित प्रकार के मुहावरों के साथ।
(The higher, the better.)

(5) The का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में प्रायः नहीं किया जाता है-

  • किसी नगर, शहर, गांव के नाम से पूर्व।
  • किसी देश के नाम से पूर्व।
  • किसी महाद्वीप के नाम से पूर्व।
  • किसी अकेले द्वीप के नाम से पूर्व।
  • किसी- अन्तरीप (Cape) के नाम से पूर्व। (Cape Comorin, कुमारी अन्तरीप)
  • किसी झील के नाम से पूर्व।
  • किसी अकेली पहाड़ी के नाम से पूर्व ।
  • किसी व्यक्तिवाचक (Proper) अथवा भाववाचक (Abstract) संज्ञा के साथ।

(6) निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में से किसी भी Article का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है-
1. किसी नामलेख (title) के साथ।
(Queen Victoria; King George)

2. किसी सकर्मक (Transitive) क्रिया वाले मुहावरे में Verb के बाद लगे हुए Object के साथ।
(send word; shake hands; catch fire)

3. किसी मुहावरे में Preposition के बाद लगी हुई संज्ञा के साथ।
(By hand; at sea; by night)

4. विशालतम अर्थ में प्रयोग की गई किसी संज्ञा के साथ।
(Man is mortal.)

5. द्रव्यवाचक संज्ञा (Material Noun) के साथ।
(Iron is a very useful metal.)

Exercises

1. Fill in the blanks with suitable Determiners.

(a) 1. Did he give you ……………. money ?
2. ……………. girls were playing in the ground.
3. Have you read ………….. new novel ?
4. There is not …………… oil in the bottle.
5. Will you please give me ……….. milk ?
6. His condition is so serious that there is ……….. hope of his recovery.
7. ………… women can keep a secret.
8. ………….. knowledge is a dangerous thing.
Answer:
1. any
2. Some
3. any
4. any
5. some
6. little
7. Few
8. A little.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

(b) 1. Only ………… boys were present in the meeting.
2. There isn’t ………… sugar in the cup.
3. You must take …………. meals a day.
4. This work is lighter, so I can do with …………… manpower.
5. Did he make ………….. mistakes in his essay ?
6. I have seen her ………….. time.
7. Have you read …………… Ramayana ?
8. He was struck by ………… arrow.
Answer:
1. a few
2. much
3. fewer
4. less
5. many
6. many a
7. the
8. an.

2. Fill in the blanks with suitable determiners.

(a) Rajan came to my house. He asked me how ………… money I had. I told him that I had ………. money in my pocket which I had saved from …………. pocket money. He told me that he needed ………… money to buy ……….. book on Economics.

(b) There was a knock at my door. When I opened ……….. door, I saw stranger with …………… tool bag in his hand. I didn’t allow him to enter ………….. room as I had never seen him earlier.

(c) Ram needed ……….. paper for his work. He said to his brother, “There isn’t …………… paper for me to write on. Please buy ………… for me when you go to the market.”

(d) ………. man bought …………….. ox and sold it in ………….. open market of the city. But he got only …………… little money from the sale.
Answer:
(a) much, some, my, some, a.
(b) the, a, a, the.
(c) some, any, some.
(d) A, an, the, a.

Miscellaneous Exercise (Based on the Textbook)

1. Fill in each blank with a suitable determiner.

(a) 1. One day, Sudha had to show ……… reports to Mr. Moolgaokar. (some / any)
2. Sudha went to do …………. M.Tech. in Computer Science from IISc, Bangalore. (an / the)
3. Since there were …………. dogs in the streets, she took to feeding sparrows in the city. (no / many)
4. Would you like ……… tea ? (any / some)
5. ……….. my life, I have been waiting for this moment. (All / Some)
6. I have no time for ………… these formalities. (any / all)
7. …………… the lawyers pleaded their cases well. (Every / Both)
8. ………… books are to be read only in parts. (Any / Some)
9. She carried ………….. stale chapattis with her for the village dogs. (few / several)
10. I used to go to ………….. English school in a motor bus. (an / the)
Answer:
1. some
2. an
3. no
4. some
5. All
6. all
7. Both
8. Some
9. several
10. an.

(b) 1. According to Bacon, ……….. books should be swallowed. (many / some)
2. Some books don’t deserve ………….. mind and concentration. (our / their)
3. …………… individual is dependent. (All / Every)
4. They never left …………… post during the war. (their / our)
5. Liberty is the birthright of each and …………. person. (every / any)
6. …………. of us were constantly together. (Our / Both)
7. She told me about the games she used to play as ……….. child. (the / a)
8. ………… parents left me with Grandmother. (My / Each)
9. ………… drop of water is precious. (Every / All)
10. We hear …….. amazing success stories, but we refuse to acknowledge them. (much / many)
Answer:
1. some
2. our
3. Every
4. their
5. every
6. Both
7. a
8. My
9. Every
10. many.

2. Fill in the blanks with suitable determiners.

(a) 1. This is ………….. girl who wrote to Mr. JRD.
2. Women should not tolerate …………. sort of injustice.
3. Grandmother got ………… old drum and started singing.
4. ………. day, Sudha went to Mr. Moolgaokar’s office.
5. ………….. book should not be read with the same interest and concentration.
6. Studies have a great influence on ……… human mind.
7. Bacon believes that ………. defect of the mind has a special remedy.
8. Studies cure a man of ………… mental deficiencies.
9. Discipline is …………. training of mind and character.
10. We have mortgaged ………….. conscience to money.
Answer:
1. the
2. any
3. an
4. One
5. Every
6. the
7. every
8. his
9. the
10. our.

(b) 1. We should be true patriots and noble sons of …………… motherland.
2. The earth is a treasure we hold in trust for ………… descendents.
3. The future generations should have the freedom to sustain ………… lives on this planet.
4. Vikram Batra was ………… officer of the Indian Army.
5. Forests play …………. vital role in the conservation of water.
6. Eyes lend ………… unique beauty to the human face.
7. Water is the basis of …………. life.
8. Malcolm was awarded ……….. medals for his rare courage and sense of sacrifice.
9. Malcolm felt that there was ……….. time for fear.
10. The grizzly grabbed Malcolm with ……….. paws and squeezed him against her chest.
Answer:
1. our
2. our
3. their
4. an
5. a
6. a
7. all
8. many
9. no
10. both.

Exercises From Grammar Book (Fully Solved)

Exercise 1
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. I want ……….. apple from that basket.
2. ………. church on the corner is progressive.
3. Miss Lin speaks ……….. Chinese.
4. I borrowed ………. pencil from your pile of pencils and pens.
5. One of the students said, “………. professor is late today.”
6. Ali likes to play ……….. volleyball.
7. I bought ……….. umbrella to go out in the rain.
8. My daughter is learning to play ……… violin at her school.
9. Please give me ……….. cake that is on the counter.
10. I lived on ……….. Main Street when I first came to this town.
Answer:
1. an
2. The
3. x
4. a
5. The
6. x
7. an
8. the
9. the
10. x.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Exercise 2
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. Albany is the capital of ……….. New York State.
2. My husband’s family speaks ……….. Polish.
3. ………. apple a day keeps the doctor away.
4. ………. ink in my pen is red.
5. Our neighbours have ………. cat and ………. dog.
6. He is ……….. idiot.
7. You are doing ………. good job.
8. It is ……….. rotten plum.
9. This is ………. used fork.
10. ………. historian writes history books.
Answer:
1. x
2. x
3. An
4. The
5. a, a
6. an
7. a
8. a
9. a
10. A.

Exercise 3
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. He is ……….. honest man.
2. It was ………. horrible movie.
3. We went for ………. opera show at Sydney Opera House.
4. Spanish is ……….. easy language.
5. Their car does 100 miles ……….. hour.
6. Mathura is ………. holy city.
7. Cactus is ………. thorny plant.
8. Which is ……… longest tunnel in the world ?
9. ……….. honourable discharge is every employee’s right.
10. He is ……….. intelligent man.
Answer:
1. an
2. a
3. an
4. an
5. an
6. a
7. a
8. the
9. An
10. an.

Exercise 4
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. It is ………. big table.
2. There is ……….. stairway in the lobby.
3. Give me ……….. paper clip.
4. Dog is ……….. faithful animal.
5. I have ……….. unusual feeling.
6. We saw ……….. interesting movie.
7. He won ……….. early bird prize in the party.
8. It was ……….. daring idea.
9. ……….. sun rises in the east.
10. We gave away ……….. prizes.
Answer:
1. a
2. a
3. a
4. a
5. an
6. an
7. the
8. a
9. The
10. the.

Exercise 5
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. The brick hit him in ………… face.
2. He went ……….. home.
3. She is going to ………. cinema.
4. ……… idea can change your life.
5. ……….. higher you go, ……….. cooler it is.
6. South Hall is ……….. Punjab of England.
7. He is ………. most intelligent child of the family.
8. ……….. umbrella is ……….. useful thing.
9. He has ………. soft corner for the poor.
10. I gave him ………. hundred-rupee note.
Answer:
1. the
2. x
3. the
4. An
5. The, the
6. the
7. the
8. An, a
9. a
10. a.

Exercise 6
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. I bought ……….. pair of shoes.
2. He gave me ………. beautiful gift.
3. I have ……….. one-rupee note.
4. He is ……….. senior teacher.
5. Have you read ………. Bible ?
6. P.K. Shinh is ……….. M.A.
7. It is ………. best he could do.
8. She is ……….. N.C.C. officer.
9. It was ……….. pleasant day.
10. He is ………. cowardly person.
Answer:
1. a
2. a
3. a
4. a
5. the
6. an
7. the
8. an
9. a
10. a.

Exercise 7
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. She has ……….. headache.
2. I have got ……….. cold.
3. What is on ……….. radio tonight ?
4. This is ………. historical moment.
5. He has ………. few friends in his class.
6. He is studying in ………. European university.
7. He is ……….. worst player of the team.
8. Rose is ………. taller of the two sisters.
9. He is ……….. great comedian.
10. Wordsworth wrote poems about ……….. nature.
Answer:
1. a
2. x
3. the
4. a
5. a
6. a
7. the
8. the
9. a
10. x.

Exercise 8
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. New York is ……….. big city.
2. ……….. cow is ………. useful animal.
3. Honesty is ……….. best policy.
4. France is ……….. great country
5. The sun rises in ……….. east.
6. I saw him when he was ……. child.
7. Who has not seen ……….. tiger ?
8. ……….. milk is very nutritious.
9. Man is after all ……….. animal.
10. How beautiful ……….. stars are !
Answer:
1. a
2. The, a
3. the
4. a
5. the
6. a
7. a
8. x
9. an
10. the.

Exercise 9
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. God has created ………. universe.
2. Gold is ……….. precious metal.
3. Kalidasa is ………. Shakespeare of India.
4. This is ……….. best book I have ever read.
5. ………. cat killed ………. rat.
6. ……….. cat is on ……….. roof.
7. Mahatma Gandhi was ……….. great leader of India.
8. The stone hit me on ……….. head.
9. John is ………. smallest boy in the class, but Peter is ……….. biggest.
10. I would like to buy ……….. pair of stockings and ……….. couple of shirts.
Answer:
1. the
2. a
3. the
4. the
5. The, the
6. The, the
7. a
8. the
9. the, the
10. a, a.

Exercise 10
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. Many ……… flower is born to blush unseen.
2. He is ………. Newton of his age.
3. I admire ………. wisdom of Solomon.
4. ………. whole class will participate in the program.
5. ……….. Himalayas protect the plains of India from the cold winds of the north.
6. I watched ………… interesting film yesterday.
7. I bought ………. laptop for my daughter.
8. ……….. laptop that I bought for my daughter was very expensive.
9. My daughter didn’t like ………. laptop I gave her. She said that it was too big for her.
10. So, I got it exchanged for ………. smaller model.
Answer:
1. a
2. the
3. the
4. The
5. The
6. an
7. a
8. The
9. the
10. a.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Exercise 11
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate article (a, an or the) or leave the space blank if no article is needed.

1. She absolutely loved ……….. new model.
2. My son has been asking for ………. smartphone for a while.
3. He was ……….. only child of his parents.
4. Siddhartha was ………. kind-hearted prince.
5. His parents shielded him from ………. miseries of ……… world.
6. Sri Lanka is ……….. island country in ……….. Indian Ocean.
7. I prefer ……….. mountains to the seaside.
8. We went to ……….. same school.
9. My brother is going out with ………. Chinese girl.
10. I am looking forward to being ……….. grandmother.
Answer:
1. the
2. a
3. the
4. a
5. the, the
6. an, the
7. the
8. the
9. a
10. a.

Exercise 12
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. Have they got ……… matches ?
2. He used his shoe as ………. hammer.
3. Harsh fed ………. dogs.
4. There are ……….. children in the park.
5. Who invented ………. telephone ?
6. He is ……….. oldest in his family.
7. They met ……….. nice Asian girls on holiday.
8. I think there is ……….. ice cream in the fridge.
9. Let us go and bathe in ……….. river.
10. Have you seen ……… Red Fort ?
Answer:
1. the
2. a
3. the
4. no
5. the
6. the
7. some
8. an
9. the
10. the.

Exercise 13
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. Have you got ……….. English friends ?
2. No, I haven’t got ……….. English friends.
3. But I have ……….. English penfriends.
4. He has ………. friends at all.
5. She has ………. best friend. They spend all their time together.
6. Would you like ……….. more orange juice ?
7. I have hardly ………. money left.
8. I never have ……….. luck with the lottery.
9. Have you got ………. money ?
10. Yes, I’ve got ……….. .
Answer:
1. any
2. any
3. some
4. no
5. a
6. some
7. any
8. any
9. any
10. some.

Exercise 14
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. There are ……….. animals in this zoo.
2. He is ……….. man of ……….. words.
3. How ………. milk do you need ?
4. ………. time has passed now.
5. He is ……….. same boy who cheated me.
6. Is there ………. water in the glass ?
7. ………. he and his brother passed the exam.
8. He can write with ……….. hand.
9. …….. people would be cruel to the blind.
10. I shall finish ………. novel within two days.
Answer:
1. many
2. a, few
3. much
4. Much
5. the
6. any
7. Both
8. either
9. Few
10. this.

Exercise 15
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I always keep ……….. pen in my pocket.
2. He has ……….. good habits.
3. She wants the advice of ……….. doctor.
4. She fell to ……….. ground.
5. The bullet hit on ……….. spot.
6. ………. path of duty leads to glory.
7. He is ………. author of great versatility.
8. He gave up ……….. evil ways to attain salvation.
9. Unemployment has been increasing at ………. alarming rate.
10. Keep the enemy at ………. arm’s length.
Answer:
1. a
2. many
3. some / a
4. the
5. the
6. The
7. an
8. his / the
9. an
10. an.

Exercise 16
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He is ………. Indian Muslim.
2. She wrote ………. letter quickly.
3. She threw her arms round ……….. baby.
4. I have ……… expectations from anyone.
5. I think of ……….. Ganges.
6. ………. list of new books has been released.
7. He is ………. international Grandmaster of Chess.
8. He tore away ………. resignation letter.
9. Singing is ……….. passion.
10. ………. road leads to Srinagar.
Answer:
1. an
2. a / the
3. her / the
4. no
5. the
6. A
7. an
8. his
9. my
10. This.

Exercise 17
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I have ……….. relatives in this town.
2. An umbrella is ………. useful thing.
3. I have got ………. rice.
4. You can find ………. wild animals in Rajaji National Park.
5. ……….. of ……….. rare books have been destroyed by foreign invaders.
6. He has lost all ………. money in gambling.
7. I do not have ………. extra dress for the evening party.
8. Everybody should respect ……….. religions.
9. I purchased ……….. new house.
10. Painting is ……….. profession.
Answer:
1. no / many / few
2. a
3. no / a little / some
4. many
5. Many, the
6. his
7. an / any
8. all
9. a
10. my / his / their, etc.

Exercise 18
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. Where shall I send ………. packer ?
2. He sat on ……… seat beside his bed.
3. Sudha knew ………. languages.
4. Hassan lost ………. sympathy the teacher had for him.
5. How ……… money does he need ?
6. ………. the papers were lying on the floor.
7. There was hardly ………. effort by Hassan to overcome his bad habits.
8. We have ……….. things to finish before we go.
9. I had to take ……….. responsibility.
10. The big hall has ………. windows.
Answer:
1. this
2. the
3. many
4. the little
5. much
6. All
7. any
8. many
9. the
10. many.

Exercise 19
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. How many students were there in ……….. class ?
2. She is proud of ……….. culinary skills.
3. Philip was ……….. great violinist.
4. He did not make ……….. mistake in the final match.
5. Do you need ……….. further information on this issue ?
6. How ………. cups of tea do you take daily ?
7. No part of ……….. ashes should be retained.
8. We have ……….. spare cash to be distributed.
9. He handed ……….. cup to Socrates.
10. Did you hear ……….. noise ?
Answer:
1. the
2. her
3. a
4. any
5. any
6. many
7. the
8. little / a little / some / no
9. the
10. any.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Exercise 20
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He always keeps ……….. money in his wallet for emergencies.
2. ………. sun sets in the west.
3. The doctor advised me to eat ………. apple every morning.
4. There aren’t ………. students in the library.
5. I haven’t got ……….. pictures in my bedroom
6. She gave a cookie to ………. child.
7. I’ve got to solve ……….. math problems before I go to sleep.
8. (With a bowl of cherries on your lap) ………. cherries are delicious !
9. My mother doesn’t drink ………. coffee.
10. Could you bring me ……….. books I left in the garden ?
Answer:
1. some
2. The
3. an
4. many
5. any
6. each
7. some
8. These
9. much
10. the.

Exercise 21
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I am a man of ……… words.
2. ……….. hobby is a must for the proper use of time.
3. ………. idle man’s mind is a devil’s workshop.
4. There is hardly ……….. person who doesn’t have a hobby.
5. You have many pens, but ……….. works well.
6. There are ………. horses in this stable.
7. She wasted ………. money she had.
8. Wait for me in ……….. hall.
9. I want ……….. sugar in my coffee.
10. ………. friends he has, love him.
Answer:
1. few
2. A
3. An
4. any
5. none
6. many
7. the little
8. the
9. a little
10. The few.

Exercise 22
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I caught the thief by ……….. neck.
2. I get up early in ……….. morning.
3. ……… people are living in slums in Mumbai.
4. ……….. the dirty linen have been washed.
5. ……… students were absent today.
6. One must keep ………. promise.
7. My father is ……….. advocate.
8. ……… Seeta and Geeta ran the race.
9. Children should respect ………. elders.
10. He is a gentleman. I like ……….. behaviour.
Answer:
1. the
2. the
3. A lot of
4. All
5. Some / Many
6. one’s
7. an
8. Both
9. their
10. his.

Exercise 23
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I have ……….. enemies.
2. ……….. person must get the share.
3. He gave me …….. clothes he had.
4. Rabindra Nath Tagore has written ………. great poems.
5. I have done ………..
6. The police could not find ……….. lost bike.
7. He recites ……….. Gita every morning.
8. He has committed ………. crimes.
9. I have made ……… friends in a short span of time.
10. Do you have ……….. change in your purse ?
Answer:
1. a lot of / many / no / few / a few
2. Each
3. the few
4. many / a lot of
5. my
6. the
7. the
8. many / a lot of
9. many / a lot of
10. any.

Exercise 24
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.
1. I have read ……….. books written by Graham Greene.
2. ………. player was given a medal.
3. Both the books are not expensive. You can buy ……….. of them.
4. There is ……….. hope of his survival.
5. He can take ……….. dress he likes.
6. We do not expect ……….. mercy from him.
7. Will you lend me ……….. money?
8. Miss Keller learnt ………. new words that day.
9. How ……….. money do you want ?
10. ……….. plant is dying.
Answer:
1. many
2. Each
3. either
4. little
5. any
6. any
7. some
8. many
9. much
10. That / This.

Exercise 25
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He tried to save ………. boy.
2. It makes ……….. flesh crawl to hear you.
3. There is ……….. end to it.
4. I am not in favour of ……….. religious ceremonies.
5. What is ………… matter with your tooth ?
6. She toils up ……….. hill.
7. She sank into ……….. chair.
8. I waited for him for ………. while.
9. ……… unity and diversity of India is its strength.
10. Thin men are ……….. best divers.
Answer:
1. the
2. my
3. no
4. any
5. the
6. the
7. the
8. a
9. The
10. the.

Exercise 26
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. Let’s go for ………. walk.
2. I must sign ……….. will.
3. Why couldn’t you have come ……….. day earlier ?
4. ………. type of life lasted for ten years.
5. Pasteur released ……….. saliva into a tube.
6. I covered ……….. face and wept.
7. What is ……….. strange outcry ?
8. She asked her friend to lend ……….. money.
9. It is ………. opinion that these birds are mad.
10. In ……….. seconds, she put down her head.
Answer:
1. a
2. the
3. a
4. This
5. the
6. my
7. that
8. some
9. my
10. a few.

Exercise 27
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. ……….. book is useful to me.
2. There is not ……….. coffee in the mug.
3. That is ………. pen.
4. ………. police was called to help.
5. We need ……….. more water today.
6. They had taken ……….. milk that day.
7. ……….. dress do you like ?
8. Give me ……….. curd.
9. ………. child likes chocolates.
10. He stood ………. in the class.
Answer:
1. This
2. any / much
3. my / his, etc.
4. The
5. some
6. no
7. Which
8. some / a little
9. Every
10. first / second, etc.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Exercise 28
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He has done you ……….. harm.
2. His father is ………. M.P.
3. English is ………. universal language.
4. Do you still get ………. message from him ?
5. He is ……….. honest officer.
6. Jack and Jill went up ……….. hill.
7. ……….. were drowned.
8. ………. milk was spilt.
9. …………. body can do it if they try.
10. ……… of these roads leads to the airport.
Answer:
1. no
2. an
3. a
4. any
5. an
6. the
7. All
8. Some
9. Any
10. Either.

Exercise 29
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. ………. fool can do that.
2. ……….. took it in turn.
3. ………. of the accusations is true.
4. It was ……….. festival of spring.
5. He hurried towards ………. friends.
6. Nehru had been attached to …….. Ganga.
7. I had left home without ……….. money in my pocket.
8. May I ask ……….. one to tea?
9. Then ……….. noise was repeated.
10. There is ………. time for Spain to choose from.
Answer:
1. Any
2. Each
3. None
4. the
5. his
6. the
7. any / much
8. some
9. the
10. no.

Exercise 30
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He returned ……….. books after reading.
2. They gave the children ………. toys.
3. He liked ……….. shirt that I gave him.
4. It was ………. bitterly cold night.
5. We were sitting on ………. deck of the launch.
6. They were carrying water on ……… heads.
7. I glanced at ………. watch.
8. You must take …………. dog out.
9. Everyone seemed to be in ……….. hurry.
10. There were still ……….. questions unanswered.
Answer:
1. the
2. some / a few
3. the
4. a
5. the
6. their
7. my
8. the
9. a
10. some / a few.

Exercise 31
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. I have ……….. axe.
2. Please give me ………. fruit to eat.
3. He wrote ……….. essay.
4. There are ………. people whom I know in this town.
5. December is ………… last month of ………. year.
6. ……….. Adi Granth is a sacred book of ……….. Sikhs.
7. She is as pure as ……….. angel.
8. Children were happy to see ……….. elephant.
9. Kashi is ………. holy city.
10. Failures are ……….. pillars of success.
Answer:
1. an
2. some
3. an
4. many / a lot of
5. the, the
6. The, the
7. an
8. the
9. a
10. the.

Exercise 32
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. ……… team won the Kabaddi finals in 2014 ?
2. He applied for ………. job.
3. There were ………. people at the platform.
4. The old man gave all ……….. clothes he had.
5. Only ……….. friends were invited for my birthday party.
6. He bought ……….. bananas.
7. How ………. butter do you need ?
8. He could take ……….. of the dresses.
9. There were ………. children in the ground.
10. He could not finish ………. homework.
Answer:
1. Which
2. the
3. many / a lot of / few
4. the
5. a few
6. some / a few
7. much
8. either
9. many / a lot of / few / a few
10. his.

Exercise 33
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. How ……… money did he steal ?
2. On Sundays, there is not ………. traffic on this road.
3. He has spilt ………. ink on his new dress.
4. There is too ……….. of sugar in Coca Cola
5. It rained heavily. Only ……….. students came to school.
6. She has not given ………. response so far.
7. Are you proud of ……….. beauty ?
8. He bought ……….. new car.
9. Have you drawn ………. new sketch ?
10. Is there ……… milk left in the glass ?
Answer:
1. much
2. much
3. a little
4. much
5. a few
6. any
7. your
8. a
9. any
10. any.

Exercise 34
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed

1. Can you bring me ……….. glass of water ?
2. ……….. can I help you ?
3. I have not seen ……….. movie in the past one month.
4. Please show me ………. new prints.
5. ……….. shops are newly built.
6. Dashrath had ………. sons.
7. He was ………. to none.
8. Do you have ………. work to do now?
9. Ravi is ……… smarter of the two.
10. ……….. the Kauravas were killed.
Answer:
1. a
2. How
3. any
4. some
5. These
6. four
7. second
8. any
9. the
10. All.

PSEB 11th Class English Grammar Determiners

Exercise 35
Fill in the blanks with an appropriate determiner or leave the space blank if no determiner is needed.

1. He said he would have ……….. milk.
2. He is leading ………. group of volunteers.
3. Have you read ……….. these books ?
4. Very ……….. politicians are honest these days.
5. Shiv Batalvi is ………. Keats of Punjabi poetry.
6. The Muslims bury ………. dead.
7. He removed ……….. hat on entering the main hall.
8. Is ……….. statement correct ?
9. He takes his medicine thrice ………. day.
10. ……….. grapes were a bit too high.
Answer:
1. some
2. a
3. all
4. few
5. the
6. their
7. his
8. this
9. a
10. The.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Question 1.
Why does the poet think that a thing of beauty is a source of eternal joy?
Answer:
A thing of beauty gives us joy. It leaves a permanent impression on our mind. It stays in our imagination for ever. It never passes into nothingness. Our imagination adds new colours to it. Its loveliness increases every time we think of it. Thus it becomes a source of eternal joy.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

सुन्दरता की कोई चीज़ हमें खुशी प्रदान करती है। यह हमारे मन के ऊपर एक स्थायी प्रभाव छोड़ जाती है। यह हमारी कल्पना में सदा के लिए बनी रहती है। यह कभी लुप्त नहीं होती है। हमारी कल्पना इसमें नए रंग भर देती है। इसकी सुन्दरता हर बार बढ़ जाती है जब हम इसके बारे में सोचते हैं। इस प्रकार यह अनन्त खुशी का एक स्त्रोत बन जाती है।

Question 2.
What, according to the poet, keeps us attached to this earth ?
Answer:
According to the poet, it is only beauty that keeps us attached to this earth.
कवि के अनुसार, यह सिर्फ सुन्दरता ही है जो हमें इस धरती से बांधे रखती है।

Question 3.
How does eternal beauty help us to cheer up our spirits or clear our despondence?
Answer:
Eternal beauty stays in our mind for ever. It removes the sadness from our heart. It makes us forget the sorrows and sufferings of the world. It gives us peace of the mind and health of the body. Thus is helps us cheer up our spirits and clear our despondence.

अलौकिक सुन्दरता हमारे मन में सदा के लिए बस जाती है। यह हमारे दिल से उदासी को दूर कर देती है। यह संसार के दुःख तथा पीड़ा भूलने में हमारी सहायता करती है। यह हमारे मन को शांति तथा शरीर को तंदुरुस्ती प्रदान करती है। इस प्रकार यह हमारे दिलों को खुश करने तथा हमारी निराशा को दूर करने में हमारी सहायता करती है।

Question 4.
Where do musk-roses bloom ?
Answer:
The musk-roses bloom here and there among the forest brake.
सफेद गुलाब जंगल की झाड़ियों के बीच कहीं-कहीं खिलते हैं।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Question 5.
Name some objects of beauty mentioned in the poem.
Answer:
The objects of beauty mentioned in the poem include the sun and the moon. There are young and old trees that give pleasant shade for gentle sheep. There are daffodils, clear rills and musk-roses growing in the forest brake. Then there are lovely tales that we have heard or read.

इस कविता में जिन सुन्दर चीज़ों का वर्णन किया गया है उनमें सूर्य और चांद शामिल हैं। वहां नए और पुराने पेड़ हैं जो भोली-भाली भेड़ों को छाया देते हैं। वहां नरगिस के फूल हैं, उज्जवल सरिताएं हैं तथा जंगली झाड़ियों के मध्य उगे हुए सफेद गुलाब के फूल हैं। इसके अतिरिक्त वहां प्यारी-प्यारी कहानियां हैं जो हमने सुन रखी हैं या पढ़ी हैं।

Question 6.
Apart from nature, which other objects are mentioned in the poem as sources of beauty ?
Answer:
There are great myths and tales of olden days that we have heard or read.
वहां पुराने समय की महान् पुराण-कथाएं और लोक-कथाएं हैं जो हमने सुनी हैं अथवा पढ़ी हैं।

Question 7.
How is beauty the source of nectar (immortal drink) ?
Answer:
Beauty is the source of nectar because it provides us as much joy as the angels get from the immortal drink of heaven.

सुन्दरता अमृत का स्रोत है क्योंकि यह हमें उतनी ही खुशी प्रदान करती है जितनी फरिश्ते स्वर्ग के अलौकिक पेय से प्राप्त करते हैं।

Question 8.
Underline the odd word in each set. The first one is done for you :
PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever 1
Answer:
2. open
3. tiny
4. ugly
5. centre
6. miserable.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Question 9.
Read the lines given below and answer the questions that follow :

Some shape of beauty moves away the pall
From our dark spirits. Such the sun, the moon,
Trees old, and young, sprouting a shady boon
For simple sheep; and such are daffodils.

(a) What moves away the pall from our dark spirits ?
(b) Name the heavenly bodies mentioned in the above lines
(c) Why does the poet think that the trees, sheep and daffodils can cheer up our gloomy spirit ?
(d) Do you think only daffodils can cheer our spirit up or other flowers can also do the same? Give reasons for your answer.
(e) List the two ryhming words in the passage.
Answer:
(a) Some shape of beauty removes the pall from our dark spirits.
(b) The sun and the moon.
(c) Because these are all the things of beauty that give us joy.
(d) All other flowers are as much a part of nature as the daffodils are. And a thing of beauty, wherever it is, is bound to give us joy.
(e) moon-boon.

Important Stanzas For Comprehension

Note : A complete Answer Key has been given at the end of the stanzas.

Stanza 1.

A thing of beauty is a joy for ever.
Its loveliness increases, it will never
Pass into nothingness; but will keep
A bower quiet for us, and a sleep
Full of sweet dreams, and health, and quiet breathing.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What is the poetic creed of Keats ?
3. According to the poet, what blessings do beautiful things offer us ?
4. Give the words that rhyme in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever’ and the name of the poet is John Keats.
2. Romanticism.
3. Beautiful things make us forget the sorrows and sufferings of the world. They give us peace of the mind and health of the body. They make our painful stay on this earth bearable.
4. (ever — never) ; (keep — sleep).

Stanza 2.

Therefore, on every morrow, are we wreathing
A flowery band to bind us to the earth.
Spite of despondence, of the inhuman dearth,
Of noble natures, of the gloomy days.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What binds us to the earth ?
3. What dearth does the poet talk of ?
4. Write the figure of speech that has been used in the second last line of the given stanza.
Answer:
1. The name of the poem is A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever’ and the name of the poet is John Keats.
2. A thing of beauty binds us to the earth.
3. It is the dearth of noble natures.
4. Alliteration.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Stanza 3.

Of all the unhealthy and o’er-darkened ways
Made for our searching : yes, in spite of all,
Some shape of beauty moves away the pall
From our dark spirits.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What does the poet mean by ‘o’er-darkened ways’ ?
3. What does ‘all refer to in the phrase ‘in spite of all’?
4. “Some shape of beauty moves away the pall
From our dark spirits.’ Which figure of speech is used in the given lines?
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever’and the name of the poet is John Keats.
2. He means mysterious things that man fails to understand.
3. The word all? here refers to all the gloom and sadness in man’s life.
4. Personification.

Stanza 4

…… and clear rills
That for themselves a cooling covert make
Gainst the hot season; the mid forest brake,
Rich with a sprinkling of fair musk-rose blooms.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What do clear rills do ?
3. What protects rills from the hot season ?
4. Which figure of speech is used in the given stanza ?
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever’ and the name of the poet is John Keats.
2. They make for themselves a cooling covert.
3. A covert (a growth of thick low bushes) protects ‘rills from the hot season.
4. Personification.

Stanza 5.

And such too is the grandeur of the dooms
We have imagined for the mighty dead;
All lovely tales that we have heard or read;
An endless fountain of immortal drink,
Pouring unto us from the heaven’s brink.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What have we imagined for the mighty dead ?
3. What lovely tales does the poet talk of ?
4. Give the rhyming words from the given stanza.
Answers:
1. The name of the poem is A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever’and the name of the poet is John Keats.
2. We have imagined that they will be richly rewarded by God on the day of judgement.
3. He talks of the great myths and tales we have of the olden days.
4. (dead — read) ; (drink – brink).

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Poem Summary in English

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Introduction:

This poem conveys the idea that a thing of beauty is a joy for ever. It leaves a permanent impression on our mind. It stays in our imagination for ever. It never passes into nothingness. Our imagination adds new colours to it. Its loveliness increases every time we think of it.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

Thus it becomes a joy for ever. Besides this, it makes us forget the sorrows and sufferings of the world. It gives us peace of the mind and health of the body. It makes our painful stay on this earth bearable.

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Summary in English:

In this poem, the poet tries to explain how a beautiful thing is a joy for ever. He says that the loveliness of a beautiful thing never fades. We find in it new beauties as we watch it day after day. It never passes into nothingness. It gives joy to the beholder for ever.

A beautiful thing is a kind of quiet bower that sends us to a sleep full of sweet dreams. It gives us health of the body and peace of the mind. The poet believes that man’s life on the earth is nothing but a tale of grief and sorrow.

There is sadness and gloom in every heart. There is a terrible lack of truly noble hearts. Many mysterious things happen that man fails to understand in spite of all efforts. None could bear to live on such an earth.

The poet says that it is beauty alone that takes away the gloom from the human heart. It is a kind of flowery band that binds us to the earth. The poet lists some such beautiful things. He says that we have the sun and the moon. There are big and small trees that give cool shade for simple sheep. There are lovely daffodils and cool clear streams. There are musk roses that bloom in forests.

Then there is also the beauty of thoughts we have for the mighty dead. We imagine that they will be suitably rewarded by God on the day of judgement. Then there are lovely tales of olden days that we have heard or read.

The poet calls all these beauties an endless fountain of immortal drink that heaven itself is pouring down for us. In other words, God himself has created these beautiful things for us so that we can derive joy from them during our stay on this earth.

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Poem Summary in Hindi

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Introduction:

यह कविता इस विचार को प्रस्तुत करती है कि सुन्दरता की कोई चीज़ सदा के लिए खुशी देती है। यह हमारे मन पर स्थायी प्रभाव छोड़ जाती है। यह हमारी कल्पना में सदा बनी रहती है। यह कभी लुप्त नहीं होती है। हमारी कल्पना इसमें नए रंग भर देती है। इसकी सुन्दरता हर बार बढ़ जाती है जब हम इसके बारे में सोचते हैं।

इस प्रकार यह सदा के लिए एक खुशी बन जाती है। इसके अतिरिक्त यह संसार के दुःखों और कष्टों को भुलाने में हमारी सहायता करती है। यह हमें मन की शान्ति और शरीर की तन्दुरुस्ती भी प्रदान करती है। यह धरती पर हमारे पीड़ा भरे जीवन को सहनीय बना देती है।

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Summary in Hindi:

इस बात की व्याख्या करने का यत्न करता है कि सुन्दरता की कोई चीज़ सदा के लिए खुशी कैसे हो सकती है। वह कहता है कि एक सुन्दर चीज़ की सुन्दरता कभी धुंधली नहीं पड़ती। जैसेजैसे हम दिन-प्रतिदिन इसे देखते चले जाते हैं, हमें इसमें नई-नई सुन्दर बातें दिखाई देती हैं।

यह कभी लुप्त नहीं होती है। यह देखने वाले को सदा के लिए खुशी प्रदान करती है। एक सुन्दर चीज़ एक प्रकार का शान्ति-कुन्ज है जो हमें मीठे स्वप्नों से भरी हुई मीठी नींद की तरफ ले जाता है। यह हमें शरीर की तन्दुरुस्ती और मन की शान्ति प्रदान करती है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

कवि का विश्वास है कि इस धरती पर मनुष्य का जीवन और कुछ नहीं, बल्कि दुःख और शोक की एक कहानी है। हर दिल में दुख और उदासी है। बहुत कम लोग ऐसे हैं जिनके पास वास्तव में श्रेष्ठ दिल है। ऐसी बहुतसी रहस्यमय बातें होती हैं जिन्हें मनुष्य अपने पूरे यत्नों के बावजूद समझने में असमर्थ रहता है।

कोई भी ऐसी धरती पर रहना बर्दाश्त नहीं कर सकता। कवि कहता है कि यह सिर्फ सुन्दरता ही है जो मनुष्य के दिल से उदासी को दूर करती है। यह एक किस्म की फूलों की एक डोरी है जो हमें धरती के साथ बांधे रखती है। कवि कुछ सुन्दर चीज़ों की एक सूची तैयार करता है। वह कहता है कि हमारे पास सूर्य तथा चांद हैं। वहां बड़े और छोटे पेड़ हैं जो भोली-भाली भेड़ों के लिए सुखद छाया प्रदान करते हैं।

वहां सुन्दर नरगिसी फूल हैं और स्वच्छ जल वाली सरिताएं हैं। वहां पर जंगलों में खिलने वाले बड़े-बड़े सफेद गुलाब (भी) हैं। फिर वहां पर उन विचारों की सुन्दरता भी है जो हम मरे हुए शक्तिशाली लोगों के बारे में सोचते हैं। हम कल्पना करते हैं कि अन्तिम निर्णय (कयामत) के दिन उन्हें ईश्वर की ओर से उचित पुरस्कार प्राप्त होंगे। फिर वहां पुराने दिनों की सुन्दर कहानियां हैं जो हमने सुनी हैं या पढ़ी हैं।

कवि इन सभी सुन्दरताओं को अलौकिक अमृत का एक अनन्त झरना कहता है जो स्वयं स्वर्ग हमारे लिए उंडेल रहा है। अन्य शब्दों में, स्वयं ईश्वर ने इन सुन्दर चीज़ों की रचना हमारे लिए की है ताकि हम इस धरती पर अपने निवास के दौरान उनसे प्रसन्नता प्राप्त कर सकें।

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Poem Translation in Hindi

(Lines 1-5)

A thing of beauty is a joy for ever.
Its loveliness increases, it will never
Pass’ into nothingness; but will keep.
A bower quiet for us, and a sleep
Full of sweet dreams, and health, and quiet breathing.

Explanation : The poet says that a thing of beauty can give us a joy for ever. Its loveliness never fades in our imagination. On the contrary, it goes on increasing as our imagination adds new colours to it. It never passes into nothingness.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

It always remains fresh in our memory. It is a kind of quiet bower for us. We can visit this bower whenever we like. In other words, in the moments of sorrow we can recall the beauty of that thing and can be happy again. Its memory will take us to a sleep full of sweet dreams. It will keep us fit and give us full peace.

कवि कहता है कि सुन्दरता की कोई चीज़ हमें सदा रहने वाली खुशी प्रदान कर सकती है। इसकी सुन्दरता हमारी कल्पना में कभी धुंधली नहीं पड़ती है। इसके विपरीत यह बढ़ती चली जाती है क्योंकि हमारी कल्पना इसमें नए रंग भर देती है। यह कभी अपना अस्तित्व नहीं खोती। यह हमारी याद में सदा ताज़ा बनी रहती है।

यह हमारे लिए एक शान्ति-कुंज का काम करती है। हम जब चाहें इस शान्ति-कुंज में जा सकते हैं। अन्य शब्दों में, उदासी के क्षणों में हम उस चीज़ की सुन्दरता को फिर से अपने मन में ला सकते हैं तथा दोबारा प्रसन्न हो सकते हैं। इसकी याद हमें मीठे स्वप्नों से भरी हुई एक मीठी नींद की तरफ़ ले जाएगी। यह हमें स्वस्थ रखेगी और पूर्ण शान्ति प्रदान करेगी।

(Lines 6-13)

Therefore, on every morrow, are we wreathing
A flowery band to bind us to the earth,
Spite of despondence, of the inhuman dearth,
Of noble natures, of the gloomy days,
Of all the unhealthy and o’er-darkened ways
Made for our searching : yes, in spite of all,
Some shape of beauty moves away the pall
From our dark spirits.

Explanation : Here the poet says that it is only beauty that enables us to live on this earth. Beauty is a kind of flowery band that binds us to earth. It is beauty that keeps us going in our life from day to day. There are so many painful things in the world that if there were no beauty, it would be impossible to live here. There is desperation and sorrow everywhere.

There are few people who have truly a noble heart. Man’s life is absolutely hopeless. Many mysterious things, happen that man fails to understand in spite of all efforts. But despite all these painful things man continues living on this earth. The poet says that its only reason is that there are some beautiful things also in this world. It is the beauty of these things that removes the sadness from our sorrowful hearts.

यहाँ कवि कहता है कि यह केवल सुन्दरता ही है जो हमें इस धरती पर चलाए रखती है। सुन्दरता एक प्रकार की फूलों की डोरी है जो हमें धरती के साथ बांधे रखती है। यह सुन्दरता है जो हमें एक दिन से दूसरे दिन तक चलाए रखती है। संसार में दुःखी होने को इतनी चीजें हैं कि यदि सुन्दरता न होती तो यहां रहना असंभव हो जाता। वहां सभी तरफ़ निराशा और उदासी है। वहां बहुत कम लोग हैं जिनके पास वास्तव में ही एक श्रेष्ठ दिल है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

मनुष्य का जीवन पूरी तरह से निराशापूर्ण है। यहां अनेकों ऐसी रहस्यमय बातें होती रहती हैं जिन्हें मनुष्य अपने पूरे यत्नों के बावजूद समझ पाने में असमर्थ रहता है। किन्तु इन सभी दुख-भरी बातों के बावजूद मनुष्य इस संसार में रहना जारी रखता है। कवि कहता है कि इसका एकमात्र कारण यह है कि इस संसार में कुछ सुन्दर चीजें भी हैं। यह इन चीजों की सुन्दरता है जो हमारे दिलों की निराशा को समाप्त कर देती है।

(Lines 14-19)

Such the sun, the moon,
Trees old, and young, sprouting a shady boon
For simple sheep; and such are daffodils
With the green world they live in; and clear rills
That for themselves a cooling covert make
‘Gainst the hot season; the mid forest brake,
Rich with a sprinkling of fair musk-rose blooms.

रंग भर देती है। यह कभी अपना अस्तित्व नहीं खोती। यह हमारी याद में सदा ताज़ा बनी रहती है। यह हमारे लिए एक शान्ति-कुंज का काम करती है। हम जब चाहें इस शान्ति-कुंज में जा सकते हैं। अन्य शब्दों में, उदासी के क्षणों में हम उस चीज़ की सुन्दरता को फिर से अपने मन में ला सकते हैं तथा दोबारा प्रसन्न हो सकते हैं। इसकी याद हमें मीठे स्वप्नों से भरी हुई एक मीठी नींद की तरफ़ ले जाएगी। यह हमें स्वस्थ रखेगी और पूर्ण शान्ति प्रदान करेगी।

(Lines 6-13)

Therefore, on every morrow, are we wreathing
A flowery band to bind us to the earth,
Spite of despondence, of the inhuman dearth,
Of noble natures, of the gloomy days,
Of all the unhealthy and o’er-darkened ways
Made for our searching : yes, in spite of all,
Some shape of beauty moves away the pall
From our dark spirits.

Explanation : Here the poet says that it is only beauty that enables us to live on this earth. Beauty is a kind of flowery band that binds us to earth. It is beauty that keeps us going in our life from day-to-day. There are so many painful things in the world that if there were no beauty, it would be impossible to live here.

There is desperation and sorrow everywhere. There are few people who have truly a noble heart. Man’s life is absolutely hopeless. Many mysterious things, happen that man fails to understand in spite of all efforts. But despite all these painful things man continues living on this earth.

The poet says that its only reason is that there are some beautiful things also in this world. It is the beauty of these things that removes the sadness from our sorrowful hearts.

यहाँ कवि कहता है कि यह केवल सुन्दरता ही है जो हमें इस धरती पर चलाए रखती है। सुन्दरता एक प्रकार की फूलों की डोरी है जो हमें धरती के साथ बांधे रखती है। यह सुन्दरता है जो हमें एक दिन से दूसरे दिन तक चलाए रखती है। संसार में दुःखी होने को इतनी चीजें हैं कि यदि सुन्दरता न होती तो यहां रहना असंभव हो जाता।

वहां सभी तरफ़ निराशा और उदासी है। वहां बहुत कम लोग हैं जिनके पास वास्तव में ही एक श्रेष्ठ दिल है। मनुष्य का जीवन पूरी तरह से निराशापूर्ण है। यहां अनेकों ऐसी रहस्यमय बातें होती रहती हैं जिन्हें मनुष्य अपने पूरे यत्नों के बावजूद समझ पाने में असमर्थ रहता है। किन्तु इन सभी दुख-भरी बातों के बावजूद मनुष्य इस संसार में रहना जारी रखता है। कवि कहता है कि इसका एकमात्र कारण यह है कि इस संसार में कुछ सुन्दर चीजें भी हैं। यह इन चीजों की सुन्दरता है जो हमारे दिलों की निराशा को समाप्त कर देती है।

(Lines 14-19)

Such the sun, the moon,
Trees old, and young, sprouting a shady boon
For simple sheep; and such are daffodils
With the green world they live in; and clear rills
That for themselves a cooling covert make
‘Gainst the hot season; the mid forest brake,
Rich with a sprinkling of fair musk-rose blooms.

Explanation : Here the poet gives a list of some beautiful things that give some charm to the life on this earth that is, otherwise, full of sorrow. He says that there are beautiful sun and moon. There are big and small trees that give cool shade for simple sheep.

There are lovely daffodils in the green world where they live. There are clear streams that make cooling bushes to save themselves from the heat of the summer. Besides this, in the midst of the. forest, there are small bushes which have a few beautiful musk-roses growing here and there.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

यहां कवि कुछ सुन्दर चीज़ों की एक सूची देता है जो इस धरती पर के जीवन में कुछ आकर्षण भर देती हैं जो अन्यथा उदासी-भरा है। वह कहता है कि वहां सुन्दर सूर्य और चांद हैं। वहां बड़े और छोटे पेड़ हैं जो भोलीभाली भेड़ों के लिए सुखद छाया प्रदान करते हैं। वहां सुन्दर नरगिस के फूल हैं, उस पूरे हरे-भरे संसार के साथ जिसमें वे रहते हैं।

वहां स्वच्छ जल वाली सरिताएं हैं जो अपने मार्ग के साथ-साथ गर्म मौसम से बचने के लिए ठण्ड पहुंचाने वाली झाड़ियां उगा लेती हैं। इनके अतिरिक्त जंगल के मध्य में छोटी-छोटी झाड़ियां होती हैं जिनके मध्य कहीं-कहीं सुन्दर सफ़ेद गुलाब उगे होते हैं।

(Lines 20-24)

And such too is the grandeur of the dooms
We have imagined for the mighty dead;
All lovely tales that we have heard or read;
And endless fountain of immortal drink,
Pouring unto us from the heaven’s brink.

Explanation : Continuing with the list of beautiful things, the poet says that we imagine that those mighty people will be suitably rewarded by God on the day of judgement who are lying dead in their graves. We think about those beautiful gifts and are filled with joy. Besides, there are lovely tales of olden days that we have heard or read.

The poet calls all these beautiful things ‘an endless fountain of immortal drink that heaven itself is pouring down for us. In other words, God himself has created these beautiful things for us so that we can derive joy from them during our stay on this earth. They can give us as much pleasure as the angels get from the immortal drink of the heaven.

सुन्दर चीज़ों की अपनी सूची को जारी रखते हुए कवि कहता है कि हम अन्तिम निर्णय (कयामत) के दिन ईश्वर से उन शक्तिशाली लोगों के लिए सुन्दर (उचित) पुरस्कारों की कल्पना करते हैं जो इस समय अपनी कब्रों में मरे पड़े हैं। हम उन सुन्दर उपहारों के बारे में सोचते हैं और खुशी से भर जाते हैं। इसके अतिरिक्त वहां पुराने दिनों की सुन्दर कहानियां हैं जो हमने सुनी या पढ़ी हैं।

कवि इन सभी सुन्दर चीज़ों को अलौकिक पेय (अमृत) का एक अनन्त झरना कहता है जो स्वयं स्वर्ग हमारे लिए उंडेल रहा है। अन्य शब्दों में, स्वयं ईश्वर ने इन सुन्दर चीजों की रचना हमारे लिए की है ताकि हम इस धरती पर अपने निवास के दौरान उनसे प्रसन्नता प्राप्त कर सकें। वे हमें उतनी ही खुशी प्रदान कर सकती हैं जितनी फरिश्ते स्वर्ग के अलौकिक पेय से प्राप्त करते हैं।

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Central Idea Of The Poem of English

This poem conveys the idea that a thing of beauty is a joy for ever. It leaves a permanent impression on our mind. It stays in our imagination for ever. It never passes into nothingness. Our imagination adds new colours to it. Its loveliness increases every time we think of it.

Thus it becomes a joy for ever. Besides this, it makes us forget the sorrows and sufferings of the world. It gives us peace of the mind and health of the body. It makes our painful stay on this earth bearable.

A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever Central Idea Of The Poem of Hindi

यह कविता इस विचार को प्रस्तुत करती है कि सुन्दरता की कोई चीज़ सदा के लिए खुशी देती है। यह हमारे मन पर एक स्थायी प्रभाव छोड़ जाती है। यह हमारी कल्पना में सदा बनी रहती है। यह कभी लुप्त नहीं होती है। हमारी कल्पना इसमें नए रंग भर देती है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 7 A Thing of Beauty is a Joy for Ever

इसकी सुन्दरता हर बार बढ़ जाती है जब हम इसके बारे में सोचते हैं। इस प्रकार यह सदा के लिए एक खुशी बन जाती है। इसके अतिरिक्त यह संसार के दुःखों और कष्टों को भुलाने में हमारी सहायता करती है। यह हमें मन की शान्ति और शरीर की तन्दुरुस्ती भी प्रदान करती है। धरती पर हमारे पीड़ा भरे जीवन को यह सहनीय बना देती है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Question 1.
Why does the black child think that the English child is an angel ?
Answer:
The English child is white as an angel. That is why the black child thinks that the English child is an angel.

अंग्रेज़ बच्चे का रंग एक फरिश्ते की भांति सफेद है। यही कारण है कि अश्वेत बच्चे को लगता है कि अंग्रेज़ बच्चा एक फरिश्ता है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Question 2.
What does the rising sun give us ?
Answer:
The rising sun gives us heat and light.
उगता हुआ सूर्य हमें ऊष्मा तथा प्रकाश प्रदान करता है।

Question 3.
What are the black bodies compared to?
Answer:
The black bodies are compared to clouds or shady groves that hide from us the light of the sun.
काले शरीरों की तुलना बादलों से तथा छायादार वाटिकाओं से की गई है जो हम से सूर्य की रोशनी को छुपा लेते हैं।

Question 4.
What happens when our souls learn to bear the heat ?
Answer:
When our souls have learnt to bear the heat of love, the clouds of our black bodies will disappear. In other words, we shall no longer remain conscious of our black bodies. Then we shall be able to hear God’s voice.

जब हमारी आत्माएं प्यार की गर्मी को धारण करना सीख जाएंगी, तो हमारे काले शरीरों रूपी बादल गायब हो जाएंगे। अन्य शब्दों में, हम फिर अपने काले शरीरों के बारे में सचेत नहीं रहेंगे। तब हम ईश्वर की आवाज़ को सुन पाएंगे।

Question 5.
When will the black cloud vanish ?
Answer:
When our souls have learnt to bear the warmth of love, the clouds of our black bodies will vanish.
जब हमारी आत्माएं प्यार की गर्मी को धारण करना सीख जाएंगी तो हमारे काले शरीरों रूपी बादल गायब हो जाएंगे।

Question 6.
What will God’s voice tell the black boy and his mother to do?
Answer:
God’s voice will say to them : ‘Come out from the grove of your black bodies. You are my love and my care. You shall come with me to my golden tent and play joyfully round it like little lambs.’

ईश्वर की आवाज़ उनसे कहेगी : ‘अपने काले शरीर रूपी वाटिका से बाहर आ जाओ। तुम मेरा प्यार हो और मेरी जिम्मेवारी हो। तुम मेरे साथ मेरे सुनहरी तम्बू पर आओगे और इसके गिर्द छोटे-छोटे मेमनों की भांति प्रसन्नतापूर्वक खेलोगे।’

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Question 7.
What does the black boy want to do for the white boy ?
Answer:
He wants to win the white boy’s heart with love and become his friend.
वह गोरे लड़के का दिल प्यार से जीतना चाहता है और उसका दोस्त बनना चाहता है।

Question 8.
Do you think that the poem is about a child’s acceptance of suffering and injustice ? Give reasons for your answer
Answer:
We can’t say that the child accepts suffering and injustice. He simply wants to end it through love. He wants to win the English boy’s heart with love and be his friend.

हम यह नहीं कह सकते कि बच्चा पीड़ा तथा अन्याय को स्वीकार कर लेता है। वह तो सिर्फ इसे प्यार से खत्म करना चाहता है। वह प्यार से अंग्रेज़ लड़के का दिल जीतना चाहता है और उसका दोस्त बन जाना चाहता है।

Question 9.
Match the words given in column A with their comparisons in the poem) given in column B :
A — B
angel — black body
east — innocent child
sun – burnt face — English child
cloud — God’s home
lamb — shady grove
Answer:
angel = English child
east = God’s home
sun-burnt face = black body
cloud = shady grove
lamb = innocent child.

Question 10.
Select the correct figure of speech used in the following lines from the list given at the end of each line :
1. White as an angel is the English child ……….. . (simile, metaphor)
2. And these black bodies and this sun-burnt face Is but a cloud ……? (simile, metaphor, personification)
3. “And round my golden tent like lambs rejoice’: (simile, metaphor, personification)
Answer:
1. simile
2. metaphor
3. simile.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Important Stanzas For Comprehension

Note : A complete Answer Key has been given at the end of the stanzas.

Stanza 1.

My mother bore me in the Southern wild,

And I am black, but O! my soul is white;
White as an angel is the English child,
And I am black, as if bereavd of light.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. Who is the ‘T’ in these lines ?
3. What do you understand by : ‘my soul is white ?
4. Write the figure of speech that is used in the following line :
O ! my soul is white; White as an angel ……
Answer:
1. The poem is ‘The Little Black Boy’ and the poet is William Blake.
2. The l’ in these lines is the little black boy.
3. The little black boy says that though he is black in body, his soul is pure.
4. Simile.

Stanza 2.

She took me on her lap and kissed me,
And, pointing to the east began to say :
‘Look on the rising sun – there God does live
And gives his light, and gives his heat away,
And flowers and trees and beasts and men receive
Comfort in morning, joy in the noon day.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What do the heat and light of the sun represent ?
3. What is the effect of this heat and light ?
4. Give the words that rhyme in the given stanza.
Answer:
1. The poem is ‘The Little Black Boy’ and the poet is William Blake.
2. The heat and light of the sun represent the warmth of God’s love.
3. God’s heat and light give comfort and joy to flowers, trees, beasts and men.
4. (say — away — day) ; (live — receive).

Stanza 3.

And we are put on earth a little space,
That we may learn to bear the beams of love;
And these black bodies and the sun-burnt face
Is but a cloud, and like a shady grove.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What does the first line mean?
3. What are we supposed to do while we are on this earth?
4. Write the figure of speech that has been used in the following line :
And these black bodies and the sun-burnt face’.
Answers:
1. The poem is ‘The Little Black Boy’ and the poet is William Blake.
2. The first line means : Our life on the earth is short.
3. Here we are supposed to learn the way of living in the warmth of love.
4. Alliteration.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

Stanza 4.

For when our souls have learnt the heat to bear,
The cloud will vanish, we shall hear His voice, Saying” :
“Come out from the grove, my love and care,
And round my golden tent like lambs rejoice.”

Questions

1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. What happens when our souls learn to bear the heat ? What heat ?
3. Which cloud will vanish? When ?
4. Write the figure of speech that has been used in the following line :
And round my golden tent like lambs rejoice’.
Answer:
1. The poem is ‘The Little Black Boy’ and the poet is William Blake.
2. When our soul learns to bear the heat (or warmth) of love, we forget all the distinctions of caste, colour and creed. The word ‘heat here refers to the hatred of others.
3. The cloud of our body-consciousness will vanish. It will vanish when we have learnt to live in the warmth of love.
4. Simile.

Stanza 5.

When I from black and he from white cloud free,
And round the tent of God like lambs we joy,
I’ll shade him from the heat, till he can bear
To lean in joy upon our father’s knee;
And then I’ll stand and stroke his silver hair,
And be like him, and he will then love me.

Questions
1. Name the poem and the poet.
2. When will the two boys be free from the black and white clouds ?
3. ……. he will then love me.’ Who will love whom? When ?
4. Write the figure of speech that has been used in the following line :
I’ll shade him from the heat, till he can bear’.
Answers:
1. The poem is ‘The Little Black Boy’ and the poet is William Blake.
2. The two boys will be free from the black and white clouds when their souls learn the lesson of love.
3. The white boy will love the black boy when he frees himself of the white cloud over his soul.
4. Alliteration.

The Little Black Boy Poem Summary in English

The Little Black Boy Introduction:

This poem gives the message of universal love and brotherhood. The poet gives very beautiful examples. He says that the sun gives its heat and light equally for all things and persons. Similarly, God gives warmth of His love to all creatures without any distinction. Man should also learn to bear the beams of love in his heart. He should love men of all castes, colours and creeds.

The Little Black Boy Summary in English:

यह कविता सब के प्रति प्यार और भ्रातृभाव का सन्देश देती है। कवि बहुत सुन्दर उदाहरण देता है। वह कहता है कि सूर्य अपना प्रकाश और अपनी ऊष्मा सभी चीज़ों और व्यक्तियों के लिए समान रूप से देता है। उसी प्रकार ईश्वर अपने प्यार की ऊष्मा सभी जीवों को बिना किसी भेदभाव के प्रदान करता है। मनुष्य को भी अपने दिल में प्यार रूपी किरणों को धारण करना सीखना चाहिए। उसे सभी जातियों, रंगों और सम्प्रदायों के लोगों से प्यार करना चाहिए।

The Little Black Boy Poem Summary in Hindi

The Little Black Boy Introduction:

In this poem, the poet gives the message of universal love and brotherhood. He gives this message by telling the story of a little black boy. One day, a little black boy says to his mother, “I am black in my body, but the English child is as white as an angel. It seems as if all light had been taken away from me.” At this, the little black boy’s mother says, “Look at the rising sun.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

God lives there. It is He who gives us light. He gives us heat also. Flowers, trees, animals and men all receive God’s light and heat. These black bodies and faces of ours have little importance. They are merely like a cloud or a shady grove that hides from us the light of the sun. When our souls have learnt to bear the warmth of love, the cloud of our black bodies will disappear.”

Thus the little black boy learnt the lesson of love from his mother. Now he tells the same thing to his little English friend. He tells him that when they free themselves from the clouds of bodies, they shall be like God’s lambs and play round His tent joyfully.

In other words, when the black boy and the white boy forget about the differences of race and colour, they will start loving each other. Then they will earn the love of God also. Thus this poem teaches the lesson of universal love.

The Little Black Boy Summary in Hindi:

इस कविता में कवि सब के प्रति प्यार और भ्रातृभाव का सन्देश देता है। इस सन्देश को वह एक छोटे से अश्वेत अर्थात् अफ्रीकी बच्चे की कहानी के माध्यम से प्रस्तुत करता है। एक दिन एक छोटा-सा काले रंग का लड़का अपनी मां से कहता है, “मेरा शरीर काले रंग का है, किन्तु अंग्रेज़ बच्चा एक फरिश्ते के समान सफ़ेद है।

ऐसा प्रतीत होता है जैसे मुझ में से सब प्रकाश निकाल लिया गया है।” इस पर उस अश्वेत लड़के की मां कहती है, “उस उदय हो रहे सूर्य की तरफ देखो। ईश्वर वहां रहता है। यह वही ईश्वर है जो हमें प्रकाश देता है। वह हमें ऊष्मा भी प्रदान करता है। फूल, जानवर, पेड़ और मनुष्य सभी ईश्वर के प्रकाश को तथा उसकी गर्मी को प्राप्त करते हैं।

हमारे ये काले शरीर और चेहरे कोई महत्त्व नहीं रखते हैं। वे मात्र एक बादल या किसी छायादार वाटिका की भांति हैं जो हम से सूर्य के प्रकाश को छिपा देते हैं। जब हमारी आत्माएं प्यार की ऊष्मा को धारण करना सीख जाएंगी, तो हमारे काले शरीरों का बादल ओझल हो जाएगा।”

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

इस प्रकार छोटे अश्वेत लड़के ने अपनी मां से प्यार का पाठ सीख लिया। अब वह वही बात अपने गोरे अंग्रेज़ नन्हे मित्र से कहता है। वह उससे कहता है कि जब वे स्वयं को अपने शरीर-रूपी बादलों से मुक्त कर लेंगे तो वे ईश्वर के मेमनों की भांति हो जाएंगे और उसके तम्बू के गिर्द प्रसन्नतापूर्वक खेलेंगे।

अन्य शब्दों में, जब अश्वेत लड़का और गोरा लड़का जाति और रंग के भेद के बारे में भूल जाएंगे, तो वे एक-दूसरे से प्यार करने लगेंगे। फिर उन्हें ईश्वर का प्यार भी प्राप्त हो जाएगा। इस प्रकार यह कविता सभी से प्यार करने का पाठ पढ़ाती है।

The Little Black Boy Poem Translation in Hindi

(Lines 1-4)

My mother bore me in the southern Wild,
And I am black, but O! my soul is white;
White as an angel is the English child,
And I am black as if bereav’d of light.

Explanation : A little black boy says, ‘My mother gave me birth in the forests of Africa. I am black in my body, but my soul is white and pure. The English child is as white as an angel, but I am as black as coal. It seems as if all light (whiteness) had been taken away from me.’

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

एक नन्हा-सा हब्शी (काले रंग का) लड़का कहता है, ‘मेरी माता ने मुझे अफ्रीका के जंगलों में जन्म दिया था। मेरा शरीर काला है, किन्तु मेरी आत्मा सफेद तथा पवित्र है। अंग्रेज़ बच्चा एक फरिश्ते जैसा सफेद है, किन्तु मैं एक कोयले की भांति काला हूं। ऐसा प्रतीत होता है जैसे सब प्रकाश (सफेदी) मुझसे छीन लिया गया हो।’

(Lines 5-8)

My mother taught me underneath a tree
And, sitting down before the heat of day,
She took me on her lap and kissed me,
And, pointing to the east began to say

Explanation : The little black boy again says, ‘One day my mother taught me a lesson. She was sitting under a tree. The sun had not yet become very hot. She took me on her lap and kissed me. Then she pointed to the east and began to say

नन्हा अश्वेत लड़का फिर कहता है, ‘एक दिन मेरी माता ने मुझे एक पाठ पढ़ाया। वह एक पेड़ के नीचे बैठी हुई थी। सूर्य अभी बहुत गर्म नहीं हुआ था। उसने मुझे अपनी गोद में लिया और चूमा। फिर उसने पूर्व दिशा की ओर इशारा किया और कहने लगी -‘

(Lines 9-12)

‘Look on the rising sun : there God does live
And gives his light, and gives his heat away,
And flowers and trees and beasts and men receive
Comfort in morning, joy in the noon day.

Explanation : The little black boy’s mother said to him, ‘Look at the rising sun. God lives there. It is He who gives us light. He gives us heat also. Flowers, trees, animals and men all receive God’s light and heat. God’s heat gives them comfort in the morning and joy during the noon.’

नन्हे अश्वेत लड़के की माता ने उससे कहा, ‘उदय हो रहे सूर्य की ओर देखो। ईश्वर वहीं रहता है। वही ईश्वर है जो हमें प्रकाश प्रदान करता है। वह हमें ऊष्मा भी प्रदान करता है। फूल, पेड़, जानवर और मनुष्य सभी ईश्वर के प्रकाश एवं ऊष्मा को प्राप्त करते हैं। ईश्वर की ऊष्मा उन्हें प्रात: के समय आराम और दोपहर के समय खुशी प्रदान करती है।’

(Lines 13-16)

‘And we are put on earth a little space,
That we may learn to bear the beams of love;
And these black bodies and this sun-burnt face
Is but a cloud, and like a shady grove.

Explanation : The little black boy’s mother again said, “We have been sent to this earth for a very short time. God sent us here so that we may learn to bear in our souls the beams of love. These black bodies and sunburnt faces of ours have little importance. They are merely like a cloud or a shady grove that hides from us the light of the sun.’

नन्हें अश्वेत लड़के की माता ने फिर कहा, ‘हमें इस धरती पर बहुत ही थोड़े समय के लिए भेजा गया है। ईश्वर ने हमें यहां इसलिए भेजा था ताकि हम अपनी आत्माओं में प्यार की किरणों को धारण करना सीख लें। हमारे इन काले शरीरों और सूर्य की गर्मी से झुलसे चेहरों का कोई महत्त्व नहीं है। वे मात्र एक बादल अथवा वृक्षों के छायादार झुण्ड के समान हैं जो हम से सूर्य के प्रकाश को छिपा लेते हैं।’

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

(Lines 17-20)

For when our souls have learn’d the heat to bear,
The cloud will vanish, we shall hear His voice,
Saying : “Come out from the grove, my love and care,
And round my golden tent like lambs rejoice.” ?

Explanation : The little black boy’s mother again said, ‘When our souls have learnt to bear the warmth of love, the cloud of our black bodies will disappear.’ In other words, we shall no longer be conscious of our colour differences.

Then we shall be able to hear God’s This voice shall say : ‘Come out from the grove of your black bodies. You are my love and my care. You shall come with me to my golden tent and play joyfully round it like little lambs.’

नन्हे अश्वेत लड़के की माता ने फिर कहा, ‘जब हमारी आत्माएं प्यार की ऊष्मा को धारण करना सीख जाएंगी तो हमारा काले शरीरों रूपी बादल ओझल हो जाएगा।’ अन्य शब्दों में, हमें अपने रंग-भेदों का आभास नहीं रहेगा। फिर हम ईश्वर की आवाज़ को सुनने के योग्य हो जाएंगे।

वह आवाज़ कहेगी : ‘अपने काले शरीरों रूपी वृक्ष-वाटिका से बाहर आ जाओ। तुम मेरा प्यार हो और मुझे तुम्हारी चिन्ता रहती है। तुम मेरे साथ मेरे सुनहरी तम्बू में आओगे, और वहां इसके गिर्द छोटे-छोटे मेमनों की भांति प्रसन्नतापूर्वक खेला करोगे।’

(Lines 21-24)

Thus did my mother say and kissed me,
And thus I say to little English boy;
When I from black and he from white cloud free,
And round the tent of God like lambs we joy,

Explanation : The little black boy says, “This is what my mother taught me under a forest tree. Then she kissed me. Now I am telling the same thing to the little English boy. I tell him that when I free myself from the black cloud and he frees himself from the white cloud, we shall be like the lambs of God and play round His tent joyfully.’ In other words, when the black boy and the white boy forget about the difference of colour in their bodies, and start loving each other, they will earn God’s blessings.

नन्हा अश्वेत लड़का कहता है, ‘ये सब बातें मुझे मेरी मां ने जंगल के एक पेड़ के नीचे पढ़ाईं। फिर उसने मुझे चूम लिया। अब मैं वही बातें नन्हे अंग्रेज़ लड़के को बता रहा हूं। मैं उसे कह रहा हूं कि जब मैं स्वयं को काले बादल से और वह स्वयं को सफेद बादल से मुक्त कर लेगा तो हम ईश्वर के मेमनों की भांति हो जाएंगे और उसके तम्बू के गिर्द प्रसन्नतापूर्वक खेला करेंगे।’ अन्य शब्दों में, जब अश्वेत लड़का और सफेद लड़का अपने शरीरों के रंगों के बारे में भूल जाएंगे, और एक-दूसरे से प्यार करने लगेंगे तो वे ईश्वर का आशीर्वाद प्राप्त कर लेंगे।

(Lines 25-28)

I’ll shade him from the heat till he can bear
To lean in joy upon our father’s knee;
And then I’ll stand and stroke his silver hair,
And be like him and he will then love me.

Explanation : The little black boy says, “I will protect him from the hatred of the blacks. Then he’ll start loving me and will look upon my father as his own father. I shall stand by him and stroke his silver hair. Then I shall become like him and he will also love me.

नन्हा अश्वेत लड़का कहता है, ‘मैं उसे अश्वेत लोगों की घृणा से बचाऊंगा। फिर वह मुझे प्यार करने लगेगा, तथा मेरे पिता को अपने पिता के समान ही समझेगा। मैं उसके पास खड़ा हो जाऊंगा और उसके चांदी जैसे बालों पर प्यार से हाथ फेरूंगा। फिर मैं उसकी तरह हो जाऊंगा और वह भी मुझसे प्यार करने लगेगा।’

The Little Black Boy Central Idea Of The Poem in English

This poem gives the message of universal love and brotherhood. The poet gives very beautiful examples. He says that the sun gives its light and heat equally for all things and persons. Similarly, God gives warmth of His love to all creatures without any distinction. Man should also learn to bear the beams of love in his heart. He should love men of all castes, colours and creeds.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 6 The Little Black Boy

The Little Black Boy Central Idea Of The Poem in Hindi

यह कविता सबके प्रति प्यार और भ्रातृभाव का सन्देश देती है। कवि बहुत सुन्दर उदाहरण देता है। वह कहता है कि सूर्य अपना प्रकाश और अपनी ऊष्मा सभी चीज़ों और व्यक्तियों के लिए समान रूप से देता है। उसी प्रकार ईश्वर अपने प्यार की ऊष्मा सभी जीवों को बिना किसी भेदभाव के प्रदान करता है। मनुष्य को भी अपने दिल में प्यार-रूपी किरणों को धारण करना सीखना चाहिए। उसे सभी जातियों, रंगों और सम्प्रदायों के लोगों से प्यार करना चाहिए।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class English Book Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 English Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Question 1.
What is the poet glad about ?
Answer:
The poet has always remained a spectator. He has never taken part in any athletics competition. He has never been hurt or wounded. All his limbs are intact. Naturally he is very glad.

कवि सदा ही एक दर्शक रहा है। उसने कभी किसी खेल-स्पर्धा में हिस्सा नहीं लिया है। उसे कभी कोई चोट अथवा घाव नहीं हुआ है। उसके सभी अंग सलामत है। स्वाभाविक रूप से वह अत्यंत प्रसन्न है।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Question 2.
The poet admires the athletes. Give reasons for this admiration.
Answer:
The poet admires the athletes for their heroic deeds. He admires them for their fighting spirit and strong determination.

वह खिलाड़ियों के वीरतापूर्ण कार्यों के लिए उनकी प्रशंसा करता है। वह उनकी मुकाबले की भावना तथा दृढ़ इच्छा-शक्ति के लिए प्रशंसा करता है।

Question 3.
Why does he call his spirit bashful ?
Answer:
He calls his spirit bashful because he feels weak and shy in the field of games and sports.
कवि अपनी आत्मा को लज्जालु कहता है क्योंकि वह खेल-कूद के क्षेत्र में स्वयं को कमज़ोर और लज्जालु महसूस करता है।

Question 4.
Write a few lines on the struggle between the poet’s ego and prudence.
Answer:
The poet loves to watch the heroic deeds of athletes. Sometimes, his ego goads him to show his mettle in sports. But then his prudence warns him of the dangers and risks of sports. So he follows the advice of prudence and resolves to remain a spectator. Thus prudence wins.

कवि खिलाड़ियों के वीरतापूर्ण कारनामे देखना पसंद करता है। कई बार उसका अहंकार उसे खेलों में अपनी दिलेरी दिखाने को उत्साहित करता है। किन्तु फिर उसकी समझदारी उसे खेलों के खतरों और जोखिमों के बारे में चेतावनी देती है। इसलिए वह समझदारी द्वारा दी गई नसीहत को मान लेता है और एक दर्शक बना रहने का निश्चय कर लेता है। इस तरह समझदारी की जीत हो जाती है।

Question 5.
List the things that the poet is ready to do for the athletes.
Answer:
He is ready to drink to the health of the athletes. He can dine with them. In order to watch their game, he is prepared to buy even costly tickets.

वह खिलाड़ियों के स्वास्थ्य के लिए शुभकामनाएं देने की खातिर जाम टकराने के लिए भी तैयार है। वह उनके साथ बैठ कर भोजन कर सकता है। उनका खेल देखने के लिए वह महंगी टिकटें खरीदने के लिए भी तैयार है।

Question 6.
Look at the following lines taken from the poem :
My limp and bashful spirit feeds
On other people’s heroic deeds.
What does the poet mean to convey in these lines ? Select the proper option :
(a) He is not sure of his own capabilities to perform such deeds.
(b) He does not like to perform heroic deeds.
(c) He is scared of getting hurt while performing such deeds.
Answer:
(a) He is not sure of his own capabilities to perform such deeds.

Question 7.
Read the following line :
Buy tickets worth their weight in radium.
Now select the correct meaning of this line from the given statements :
(a) The poet gives radium to buy tickets.
(b) The poet would pay anything for buying tickets to watch the games.
(c) The poet does not buy tickets.
Answer:
(b) The poet would pay anything for buying tickets to watch the games.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Question 8.
Read the following lines and answer the questions that follow :
I’m glad that when my struggle begins
Twixt prudence and ego, prudence wins.

(a) The poet’s ego urges him to show some heroism on the playfield. How often does he show it ?
(b) Do you think he wants to show this heroism ?
(c) Write a short note on the poet’s ‘struggle’.
(d) What is he glad about ?
(e) These two lines contain the theme of the poem. Explain.
Answer:
(a) He never shows any heroism on the playfield. He wants to remain a spectator always.

(b) No, he does not want to show this heroism.

(c) The poet watches the heroic deeds of the athletes. His ego goads him to perform similar acts. But his prudence warns him of the dangers and risks of sports. Thus there goes on a struggle between his ego and prudence. However, he follows the advice of the prudence and thus his prudence wins.

(d) The poet has always been a spectator. He has never taken part in any athletics competition. He has never been hurt or wounded. All his limbs are intact. Naturally, he is very glad.

(e) These two lines contain the theme of the poem which is the poet wants to remain a spectator always’. He doesn’t want to take part in any games. His ego sometimes urges him to show some heroism on the playfield. But, his prudence warms him of the dangers of injury. And the spectator listens to the voice of his prudence.

Important Stanzas For Comprehension

Note : A complete Answer Key has been given at the end of the stanzas.

Stanza 1

One infant grows up and becomes a jockey,
Another plays basketball or hockey,
This one the prize ring hates to enter,
That one becomes a tackle or centre,
I am just as glad as glad can be
That I’m not them, that they’re not me.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. What are generally the ambitions of children in games?
3. What peculiarity do you notice in the speaker ?
4. Give the rhyme scheme used in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. Children are often very fond of games. They want to shine in the field of horse riding, boxing, basketball, football, hockey, etc.
3. Generally people are fond of games and want to take part in them. But the speaker is content to remain a spectator.
4. aa bb cc.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Stanza 2.

With all my heart do I admire
Athletes who sweat for fun or hire,
Who take the field in gaudy pomp,
And maim each other as they romp,
My limp and bashful spirit feeds
On other people’s heroic deeds.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. What does the speaker admire ? Who is the speaker ?
3. What do the athletes do to each other ?
4. Give the figure of speech that has been used in the last two lines of the given stanza.
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. The speaker admires all types of athletes; those who play for fun as well as those who play for money. The speaker is one of the spectators.
3. The athletes injure each other in a match or contest.
4. Personification.

Stanza 3.

Now A runs ninety yards to score,
B knocks the champion to the floor.
C risking vertebrae and spine,
Lashes his steed across the line, …
‘You’d think my ego it would please
To swap positions with one of these.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. Who are A, B and C in the above lines ?
3. How do you think C risks his vertebrae and spine ?
4. Give the words that rhyme in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, ‘Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. A, B and Care athletes competing in various games.
3. C is running a horse race. He can fall off his horse and break his vertebrae and spine.
4. (score–floor) ; (spine — line) ; (please — these).

Stanza 4.

Well, ego might be pleased enough,
But zealous athletes play so rough,
They do not ever, in their dealings
Consider one another’s feelings.
I’m glad that when my struggle begins
Twixt prudence and ego, prudence wins.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. How will the ego of the speaker be pleased ?
3. What is it about athletes that the speaker doesn’t like ?
4. Write the figure of speech that is used in the following line :
‘Twixt prudence and ego, prudence wins.’
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. The speaker’s ego will be pleased if he also makes a mark in the field of sports and games.
3. Athletes play very rough. They don’t care about one another’s feelings.
4. Personification.

Stanza 5.

When swollen eye meets gnarled fist
When snaps the knee, and cracks the wrist,
When calm officialdom demands
Is there a doctor in the stands ?
My soul in true thanksgiving speaks
For this most modest of physiques.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. What dangers of sports are hinted at in these lines?
3. Why is the speaker filled with a feeling of gratitude ?
4. Give the words that rhyme in the given stanza.
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. Swollen eyes, broken knees and cracked wrists are some of the dangers involved in sports.
3. The speaker is filled with a feeling of gratitude for keeping his weak body safe from the dangers and risks of sports.
4. (fist – wrist) ; (demands – stands) ; (speaks — physiques).

Stanza 6.

Athletes, I’ll drink to you Or eat with you,
Or anything except compete with you,
Buy tickets worth their weight in radium,
To watch you gambol in a stadium
And reasssure myself anew.
That you’re not me and I’m not you.

Questions
1. Give the name of the poet and the poem from which these lines have been taken.
2. What is the speaker prepared to do ?
3. What is he not prepared to do ?
4. Give the rhyme scheme of the given stanza.
Answers:
1. These lines have been taken from the poem, Confessions of a Born Spectator’, written by Ogden Nash.
2. The speaker is prepared to drink to the health of athletes. He is prepared to eat with them.
3. He is not prepared to compete with the athletes.
4. aaa bb aa.

Confessions of a Born Spectator Poem Summary in English

Confessions of a Born Spectator Introduction:

In this poem, the poet makes fun of athletes. But the fun is light-hearted. It is not meant to be taken seriously. The poet loves to watch the players in various contests. But he never thinks of taking part in them himself. He does not want to have his bones broken and his body injured. He is content to remain a spectator-‘That you are not me and I’m not you.’

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Confessions of a Born Spectator Summary in English:

In this poem, the poet makes fun of athletes. But the fun is light-hearted. The poet says that when the children grow up, they feel interested in different sports. One child grows up and becomes a professional horse rider. Another plays basketball or hockey. This one hates to enter the boxing ring. That one loves to play rugby at a particular position in the field.

But the poet says that he is a born spectator. He feels most glad to think that he is not like them, or that they are not like him. The poet admires all the athletes who play for fun or for money. He likes to see the players enter the field in their showy dresses. He also loves to see them hurt and injure each other in the play. But the poet is a born spectator.

He says that his weak and shy spirit loves to feed on the heroic deeds of other people. One player runs ninety yards to score a point for victory. Another one knocks down even a champion. Another endangers even his vertebrae and spine to win a prize in horse riding. One might think that the sight of these brave acts would arouse the poet’s own ego. Then he too would like to be one of the participants in these competitions.

The poet says that his ego might be pleased to change places with some player or athlete. But their game seems to him to be very rough. In their play, they show no regard for one another’s feelings. The born spectator says that often a struggle begins between his ego and his prudence. His ego goads him to become a champion, but his prudence restrains him from doing so.

In boxing, the hard-clenched fist of one boxer strikes at the swollen eye of the opponent. In other games, too, knees are broken and wrists are cracked. While all this violence takes place, the officials show no great concern for the injured players. They merely ask in an indifferent tone if there is any doctor in the stands. Seeing all this, the born spectator feels thankful to God for keeping his weak body safe from such dangers and risks.

Finally considering all the dangers and risks that athletes have to face, the poet decides to remain a spectator. He says that he can drink to the health of athletes. He can eat with them but he can’t compete with them. He would buy even costly tickets to watch their game. But he would never change places with them. The poet reassures himself afresh that he is not like the athletes and the athletes are not like him.

Confessions of a Born Spectator Poem Summary in Hindi

Confessions of a Born Spectator Introduction:

इस कविता में कवि खिलाड़ियों का मजाक उड़ाता है। लेकिन मज़ाक हल्का-फुल्का है। इसे गम्भीरतापूर्वक नहीं लिया जाना चाहिए। कवि भिन्न-भिन्न स्पर्धाओं में खिलाड़ियों को खेलते देखना पसन्द करता है। किन्तु वह स्वयं उनमें भाग लेने के सम्बन्ध में कभी नहीं सोचता है। वह अपनी हड़ियों को तुड़वाना और अपने शरीर को घायल करवाना नहीं चाहता है। वह एक दर्शक बना रहने में ही सन्तुष्ट है – इस बात में ‘कि आप मैं नहीं हो और मैं आप नहीं हूँ।’

Confessions of a Born Spectator Summary in Hindi:

कविता का विस्तृत सार इस कविता में कवि खिलाड़ियों का मजाक उड़ाता है। परन्तु यह मज़ाक हल्के-फुल्के ढंग का है। कवि कहता है कि जब बच्चे बड़े हो जाते हैं तो वे विभिन्न खेलों में रुचि लेने लगते हैं। कोई बच्चा बड़ा होकर पेशेवर घुड़सवार बन जाता है। कोई दूसरा बास्किटबॉल अथवा हॉकी खेलने लगता है। इधर एक बच्चा मुक्केबाज़ी के अखाड़े में प्रवेश करने से घृणा करता है। उधर कोई दूसरा खेल के मैदान में किसी विशेष स्थिति पर रगबी खेलना पसन्द करता है।

किन्तु कवि कहता है कि वह एक पैदाइशी दर्शक है। उसे यह सोच कर अत्यन्त प्रसन्नता अनुभव होती है कि वह उनके जैसा नहीं है, अथवा यह कि वे उसके जैसे नहीं हैं। कवि सभी खिलाड़ियों की प्रशंसा करता है, जो शौक के लिए अथवा पैसे के लिए खेलते हैं। उसे अच्छा लगता है जब वह खिलाड़ियों को भड़कीली पोशाकें पहने हुए मैदान में उतरते देखता है। उसे तब भी अच्छा लगता है जब वे खेल में एक-दूसरे को चोट पहुंचाते हैं और घायल कर देते हैं।

किन्तु कवि एक पैदाइशी दर्शक है। वह कहता है कि उसकी कमज़ोर और लज्जालु आत्मा दूसरे लोगों के वीरतापूर्ण कारनामों को देखकर ही सन्तुष्ट रहना पसन्द करती है। एक खिलाड़ी विजय के अंक प्राप्त करने के लिए नब्बे गज़ की दौड़ दौड़ता है। एक दूसरा किसी चैम्पियन तक को धराशायी कर देता है। कोई अन्य घुड़सवारी में विजयोपहार प्राप्त करने के लिए अपनी पीठ के मनकों और रीढ़ की हड्डी को भी खतरे में डाल देता है। कोई यह सोच सकता है कि इन वीरतापूर्ण क्रियाओं को देख कर कवि का अपना अभिमान जागृत हो उठेगा।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

तब वह भी इन मुकाबलों में एक भागीदार बनना चाहेगा। कवि कहता है कि उसका अहंकार शायद किसी खिलाड़ी या पहलवान के साथ जगह बदलने में खुशी महसूस करे। किन्तु उनका खेल उसे बहुत क्रूरता भरा प्रतीत होता है। अपने खेल में वे एक-दूसरे की भावनाओं के प्रति कोई आदर नहीं दिखलाते हैं। पैदाइशी दर्शक कहता है कि उसके अहम् और उसकी समझदारी के बीच प्रायः एक विवाद खड़ा हो जाता है।

उसका अहंकार उसे एक सर्वविजयी खिलाड़ी बनने को प्रेरित करता है, किन्तु उसकी समझदारी उसे ऐसा करने से रोकती है। मुक्केबाज़ी में एक मुक्केबाज़ का कठोर कसा हुआ चूंसा विरोधी की सूजी हुई आँख पर प्रहार करता है। दूसरे खेलों में भी घुटने टूट जाते हैं और कलाइयां चटक जाती हैं। जब यह सारी हिंसा होती है तो अधिकारी लोग घायल खिलाड़ियों के लिए कोई विशेष चिन्ता व्यक्त नहीं करते हैं।

वे मात्र एक भावना रहित स्वर में पूछते हैं कि क्या कोई डॉक्टर दर्शक-दीर्घा में बैठा हुआ है। इन सभी बातों को देख कर पैदाइशी दर्शक ईश्वर का धन्यवाद करता है कि उसने उसके कमज़ोर शरीर को इस तरह के खतरों और जोखिमों से सुरक्षित रखा हुआ है। अन्ततः उन सभी जोखिमों और खतरों को ध्यान में रखते हुए, जिनका सामना खिलाड़ियों को करना पड़ता है, कवि यह निश्चय करता है कि वह सदा एक दर्शक ही बना रहेगा।

वह कहता है कि वह खिलाड़ियों के स्वास्थ्य के लिए शुभकामनाएँ दे सकता है। वह उनके साथ बैठ कर भोजन कर सकता है, परन्तु वह उनके साथ खेल-मुकाबला कभी नहीं कर सकता। उनका खेल देखने के लिए वह भारी कीमत पर टिकट खरीद सकता है। किन्तु वह उनके साथ जगह बदलने की बात कभी नहीं सोच सकता है। कवि अपने मन में फिर से यह निश्चय दोहराता है कि न तो खिलाड़ी लोग उसके जैसा बनें और न ही वह उनमें से किसी एक के जैसा बने।

Confessions of a Born Spectator Poem Translation in Hindi

(Lines 1-6)

One infant grows up and becomes a jockey,
Another plays basketball or hockey,
This one the prize ring hates to enter,
that one becomes a tackle or centre,
I am just as glad as glad can be
That I’m not them, that they’re not me.

Explanation : One child grows up and becomes a professional horse rider. Another plays basketball or hockey. This one hates to enter the boxing ring. That one loves to play rugby at a particular position in the field. But the poet (or the born spectator) feels most glad to think that he is not any one of them, or that they are not like him.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

कोई बच्चा बड़ा होकर पेशेवर घुड़सवार बन जाता है। कोई दूसरा बास्किटबॉल अथवा हॉकी खेलने लगता है। इधर एक बच्चा मुक्केबाजी के अखाड़े में प्रवेश करने से घृणा करता है। उधर दूसरा बच्चा खेल-मैदान में किसी विशेष स्थिति पर रगबी खेलना पसन्द करता है। किन्तु कवि (अथवा पैदाइशी दर्शक) को यह सोच कर अत्यन्त प्रसन्नता अनुभव होती है कि वह उनके जैसा नहीं है, अथवा यह कि वे उसके जैसे नहीं हैं।

(Lines 7-12)

With all my heart do I admire
Athletes who sweat for fun or hire,
Who take the field in gaudy pomp,
And maim each other as they romp,
My limp and bashful spirit feeds
On other people’s heroic deeds.

Explanation : The born spectator says that he admires all sorts of athletes – those who play for fun and also those who play for money. He likes to see the players enter the field in their showy dresses. He also likes to see them injure each other in their play. The born spectator says that his weak and shy spirit loves to feed on the heroic deeds of other people. He himself would never take part in them.

पैदाइशी दर्शक कहता है कि वह सभी तरह के खिलाड़ियों की प्रशंसा करता है – जो मनोरंजन के लिए खेलते हैं और वे भी जो पैसे के लिए खेलते हैं। उसे अच्छा लगता है जब वह खिलाड़ियों को भड़कीली पोशाकें पहने हुए मैदान में उतरते देखता है। उसे तब भी अच्छा लगता है जब वे खेल में एक-दूसरे को घायल कर देते हैं। पैदाइशी दर्शक कहता है कि उसकी कमज़ोर और लज्जालु आत्मा दूसरे लोगों के वीरतापूर्ण कारनामों को देखकर ही सन्तुष्ट रहना पसन्द करती है। वह स्वयं उनमें कभी भाग लेना पसन्द नहीं करता है।

(Lines 13-18)

Now A runs ninety yards to score,
B knocks the champion to the floor.
C risking vertebrae and spine,
Lashes his steed across the line,
You’d think my ego it would please
To swap positions with one of these.

Explanation : One player runs ninety yards to score a victory. Another knocks down even a champion. Another endangers his vertebrae and spine to win a prize in horse riding. One might think that the born spectator’s ego might like to change places with one of these prize fighters.

एक खिलाड़ी विजय प्राप्त करने के लिए नब्बे गज़ की दौड़ दौड़ता है। एक दूसरा खिलाड़ी किसी योद्धा तक को भी धराशायी कर देता है। कोई अन्य घुड़सवारी में विजयोपहार प्राप्त करने के लिए अपने पीठ के मनकों और रीढ़ की हड्डी को भी खतरे में डाल देता है। कोई यह सोच सकता है कि पैदाइशी दर्शक का अहम् शायद इन खिलाड़ियों में से किसी एक के साथ अपना स्थान बदलने की इच्छा रखता हो।

(Lines 19-24)

Well, ego might be pleased enough,
But zealous athletes play so rough,
They do not ever, in their dealings
Consider one another’s feelings.
I’m glad that when my struggle begins
‘Twixt prudence and ego, prudence wins.

Explanation : The born spectator says that his ego might be pleased to change places with some player or athlete, but their game seems to him to be very rough. In their play, they show no regard for one another’s feelings. The born spectator says that often a struggle begins between his ego and his prudence. His ego goads him to become a champion, but his prudence restrains him from doing so. He feels glad that his prudence wins in the end.

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

पैदाइशी दर्शक कहता है कि उसका अहम् शायद किसी खिलाड़ी या पहलवान के साथ जगह बदलने में खुशी महसूस करे, किन्तु उनका खेल उसे बहुत क्रूरता वाला प्रतीत होता है। अपने खेल में वे एक-दूसरे की भावनाओं के प्रति कोई आदर नहीं दिखलाते हैं। पैदाइशी दर्शक कहता है कि उसके अहम् और उसकी समझदारी के बीच प्रायः एक विवाद खड़ा हो जाता है। उसका अहम् उसे एक सर्वविजयी खिलाड़ी बनने को प्रेरित करता है, किन्तु उसकी समझदारी उसे ऐसा करने से रोकती है। उसे प्रसन्नता महसूस होती है कि अन्त में उसकी समझदारी जीत जाती है।

(Lines 25–30)

When swollen eye meets gnarled fist
When snaps the knee, and cracks the wrist,
When calm officialdom demands
Is there a doctor in the stands ?
My soul in true thanksgiving speaks
For this most modest of physiques.

Explanation : In boxing, the hard clenched fist of one boxer strikes at the swollen eye of the opponent. In other games, too, knees are broken and wrists are cracked. While all this violence goes on, the officials show no great concern for the injured players. They merely ask in an indifferent tone if there is any doctor in the stands. Seeing all this the born spectator feels thankful to God for keeping his weak body safe from such dangers and risks.

मुक्केबाजी में एक मुक्केबाज़ का कठोर कसा हुआ चूंसा विरोधी की सूजी हुई आँख पर प्रहार करता है। दूसरे खेलों में भी घुटने टूट जाते हैं और कलाइयां चटक जाती हैं। जब यह सब हिंसा हो रही होती है तो अधिकारी लोग घायल खिलाड़ियों के लिए कोई विशेष चिन्ता व्यक्त नहीं करते हैं। वे मात्र एक भावना-रहित स्वर में पूछते हैं कि क्या कोई डॉक्टर दर्शक-दीर्घा में बैठा हुआ है। इन सभी बातों को देख कर पैदाइशी दर्शक ईश्वर का धन्यवाद करता है कि उसने उसके कमज़ोर शरीर को इस तरह के खतरों और जोखिमों से सुरक्षित रखा हुआ है।

(Lines 31-37)

Athletes, I’ll drink to you
Or eat with you,
Or anything except compete with you,
Buy tickets worth their weight in radium,
To watch you gambol in a stadium
And reassure myself anew
That you’re not me and I’m not you.

Explanation : Keeping all the above-mentioned things in view, the born spectator has decided to remain a spectator and never to become a player. He says that he will gladly drink to the health of athletes and also dine with them. He is willing to do anything with them except compete with them. In order to watch their game, he is even prepared to buy tickets worth their weight in radium. But he can never think of changing places with them. The born spectator reassures himself afresh that neither the athletes takes his place nor he becomes one of them.

उपर्युक्त सभी बातों को ध्यान में रखते हुए पैदाइशी दर्शक ने सदा एक दर्शक ही बना रहने और कभी एक खिलाड़ी न बनने का निश्चय कर लिया है। वह कहता है कि वह खिलाड़ियों के स्वास्थ्य के लिए शुभकामना व्यक्त करने के लिए प्रसन्नतापूर्वक प्याले टकरा सकता है और उनके साथ भोजन भी कर सकता है। वह उनके साथ खेलमुकाबला करने के अतिरिक्त कोई भी अन्य बात करने को तैयार है। उनका खेल देखने के लिए वह टिकटों के भार के बराबर रेडियम का मूल्य देने को भी तैयार है। किन्तु वह उनके साथ जगह बदलने की बात कभी नहीं सोच सकता है। पैदाइशी दर्शक अपने मन में फिर से यह निश्चय दोहराता है कि न तो खिलाड़ी लोग उसकी जगह लें और न ही वह उनमें से किसी एक जैसा बने।

PSEB 11th Class English Solutions Poem 5 Confessions of a Born Spectator

Confessions of a Born Spectator Central Idea Of The Poem in English

In this, poem the poet makes fun of athletes. But the fun is light-hearted. It is not meant to be taken seriously. The poet loves to watch the players in various contests. But he never thinks of taking part in them himself. He does not want to have his bones broken and his body injured. He is content to remain a spectator ‘That you’re not me and I’m not you.’

Confessions of a Born Spectator Central Idea Of The Poem in Hindi

इस कविता में कवि खिलाड़ियों का मज़ाक उड़ाता है। किन्तु मज़ाक हल्का-फुल्का है। इसे गम्भीरतापूर्वक नहीं लिया जाना चाहिए। कवि भिन्न-भिन्न स्पर्धाओं में खिलाड़ियों को देखना पसन्द करता है। किन्तु वह स्वयं उनमें भाग लेने के सम्बन्ध में कभी नहीं सोचता है। वह अपनी हड्डियों को तुड़वाना और अपने शरीर को घायल नहीं करवाना चाहता है। वह एक दर्शक बना रहने में ही सन्तुष्ट है – इस बात में कि ‘आप मैं नहीं हो, और मैं आप